B.Tech Degree Course – 2008 Scheme
REGULATIONS 1. Conditions for Admission Candidates for admission to the B.Tech degree course shall be required to have passed the Higher Secondary Examination, Kerala or 12th Standard V.H.S.E., C.B.S.E., I.S.C. or any examination accepted by the university as equivalent thereto obtaining not less than 50% in Mathematics and 50% in Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry/ Bio- technology/ Computer Science/ Biology put together, or a diploma in Engineering awarded by the Board of Technical Education, Kerala or an examination recognized as equivalent thereto after undergoing an institutional course of at least three years securing a minimum of 50 % marks in the final diploma examination subject to the usual concessions allowed for backward classes and other communities as specified from time to time. 2. Duration of the course i) The course for the B.Tech Degree shall extend over a period of four academic years comprising of eight semesters. The first and second semester shall be combined and each semester from third semester onwards shall cover the groups of subjects as given in the curriculum and scheme of examination ii) Each semester shall ordinarily comprise of not less than 400 working periods each of 60 minutes duration iii) A candidate who could not complete the programme and pass all examinations within Ten (10) years since his first admission to the B.Tech programme will not be allowed to continue and he has to quit the Programme. However he can be readmitted to the first year of the programme if he/she satisfies the eligibility norms applicable to the regular candidates prevailing at the time of readmission. 3. Eligibility for the Degree Candidates for admission to the degree of bachelor of technology shall be required to have undergone the prescribed course of study in an institution maintained by or affiliated to the University of Kerala for a period of not less than four academic years and to have passed all the examinations specified in the scheme of study 4. Subjects of Study The subjects of study shall be in accordance with the scheme and syllabi prescribed 5. Evaluation Candidates in each semester will be evaluated both by continuous assessment and end semester University examination. The individual maximum marks allotted for continuous assessment and University examination for each subject is as prescribed by the scheme of study. 5.1 Continuous Assessment (C.A) The marks awarded for the continuous assessment will be on the basis of the day-to-day work, periodic tests (minimum two in a semester) and assignments (minimum of three – one each from each module). The faculty member concerned will do the continuous assessment for each semester. The C.A. marks for the individual subjects shall be computed by giving weight age to the following parameters.


Subject Theory Subjects Drawing Practical Project Work



20% 50% 20% 40% 20% 40% Work Assessed by Guide – 50% Assessed by a three member committee out of which one member is the guide – 50%

Assignments/ Class Work 30% 40% 40%

The C.A. marks for the attendance (20%) for each theory, practical and drawing shall be awarded in full only if the candidate has secured 90% attendance or above in the subject. Proportionate reduction shall be made in the case of subjects in which he/she gets below 90% of the attendance for a subject. The CA marks obtained by the student for all subjects in a semester is to be published at least 5 days before the commencement of the University examinations. Anomalies if any may be scrutinized by the department committee and the final CA marks are forwarded to the university within the stipulated time. 5.2. End Semester University Examinations i) There will be University examinations at the end of the first academic year and at the end of every semester from third semester onwards in subjects as prescribed under the respective scheme of examinations. Semester classes shall be completed at least 10 working days before the commencement of the University examination. The examination will be held twice in an year – April/May session (for even semester) and October/November session (for odd semester). The combined 1st and 2nd semester is reckoned as equivalent to an even semester for the purpose of conduct of examination and the University examination will be held during April/May. However VII and VIII Semester examination will be conducted in both the sessions. This schedule will not be changed A student will be permitted to appear for the university examination only if he/she satisfies the following requirements a. He/she must secure not less than 75% attendance in the total number of working periods during the first year and in each semester thereafter and shall be physically present for a minimum of 60% of the total working periods. In addition, he/she also shall be physically present in at least 50% of total working periods for each subject b. He must earn a progress certificate from the head of the institution of having satisfactorily completed the course of study in the semester as prescribed by these regulations c. It shall be open to the Vice-Chancellor to grant condonation of shortage of attendance on the recommendation of the head of the institution in accordance with the following norms d. The attendance shall not be less than 60% of the total working periods e. He/she shall be physically present for a minimum of 50% of the total working periods f. The shortage shall not be condoned more than twice during the entire course g. The condonation shall be granted subject to the rules and procedures prescribed by the university from time to time. h. The condonation for combined 1st and 2nd semesters will be reckoned as a single condonation for attendance purposes. A student who is not permitted to appear for the University examinations for a particular semester due to the shortage of attendance and not permitted by the





v) vi) vii)

authorities for condonation of shortage of attendance shall repeat the semester when it is offered again. This provision is allowed only once for a semester. The university will conduct examinations for all subjects (Theory, Drawing & Practical) The scheme of valuation will be decided by the chief examiner for theory / drawing subjects For practical examinations, the examiners together will decide the marks to be awarded. The student shall produce the certified record of the work done in the laboratory during the examination. The evaluation of the candidate should be as per the guidelines given in the syllabus for the practical subject.

6. Letter Grades For each subject in a semester, based on the total marks obtained by the student in the University examination and Continuous assessment put together a letter grade (S,A+, A, B+, B, C+, C, D, E and F) will be awarded. All letter grades except ‘F’ will be awarded if the marks for the University examination is 40 % or above and the total mark (C.A marks + University Exam mark) is 50 % or above. No absolute mark will be indicated in the grade card. Letter grade corresponding to total marks (C.A marks+ University Exam mark) and the corresponding grade point in a ten-point scale is described below.

% of Total marks (C.A marks + University Exam mark) 90 % and above 85 % and above but less than 90% 80 % and above but less than 85% 75 % and above but less than 80% 70 % and above but less than 75% 65 % and above but less than 70% 60 % and above but less than 65% 55 % and above but less than 60% 50 % and above but less than 55% Below 50% (C.A + U.E) or below 40 % for U.E only

Letter Grade S A+ A B+ B C+ C D E F

Grade (G.P) 10 9 8.5 8 7.5 7 6.5 6 5.5 0


Remarks Excellent


7. Grade Point Average (GPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) Grade point average is the semester wise average points obtained by each student in a 10point scale. GPA for a particular semester is calculated as per the calculation shown below.


Credit × GP obtained for the subject credit for subject

Cumulative Grade point Average (CGPA) is the average grade points obtained by the students till the end of any particular semester. CGPA is calculated in a 10-point scale as shown below.


Credits for semester × GPA obtained for the semester credits for the semester


GPA and CGPA shall be rounded to two decimal points. The Grade card issued to the students shall contain subject number and subject name, credits for the subject, letter grades obtained, GPA for the semester and CGPA up to that particular semester. In addition to the grade cards for each semester all successful candidate shall also be issued a consolidated statement grades. On specific request from a candidate and after remitting the prescribed fees the University shall issue detailed mark to the individual candidate. 8. Minimum for a pass a) b) c) A candidate shall be declared to have passed a semester examination in full in the first appearance if he/she secures not less than 5.5 GPA with a minimum of ‘E’ grade for the all individual subject in that semester. A candidate shall be declared to have passed in an individual subject of a semester examination if he/she secures grade ‘E’ or above. A candidate who does not secure a full pass in a semester examination as per clause (a) above will have to pass in all the subjects of the semester examination as per clause (b) above before he is declared to have passed in that semester examination in full.

9. Improvement of Grades i) A candidate shall be allowed to re-appear for a maximum of two subjects of a semester examination in order to improve the marks and hence the grades already obtained subject to the following conditions a) b) c) d) The candidate shall be permitted to improve the examination only along with next available chance. The candidate shall not be allowed to appear for an improvement examination for the subjects of the VII & VIII semesters The grades obtained by the candidate for each subject in the improvement chance he has appeared for or the already existing grades – whichever is better will be reckoned as the grades secured. First & Second semester will be counted as a single chance and they can improve a maximum of three subjects

ii) A candidate shall be allowed to repeat the course work in one or more semesters in order to better the C.A. marks already obtained, subject to the following conditions a) He/she shall repeat the course work in a particular semester only once and that too at the earliest opportunity offered to him/her. b) He/she shall not combine this course work with his/her regular course work c) He/she shall not be allowed to repeat the course work of any semester if he has already passed that semester examination in full d) The C.A marks obtained by the repetition of the course work will be considered for all purposes iii) A candidate shall be allowed to withdraw from the whole examination of a semester in accordance with the rules for cancellation of examination of the University of Kerala. 10. Classification of Successful candidates i) A candidate who qualifies for the degree passing all the subjects of the eight semesters within five academic years ( ten consecutive semesters after the commencement of his/her course of study) and secures not less than 8 CGPA up to and including eighth semester (overall CGPA) shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech degree examination in FIRST CLASS WITH DISTINCTION


ii) A candidate who qualifies for the degree passing all the subjects of the eight semesters within five academic years ( ten consecutive semesters after the commencement of his/her course of study) and secures less than 8 CGPA but not less than 6.5 CGPA up to and including eighth semester shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech degree examination in FIRST CLASS. iii) All other successful candidates shall be declared to have passed the B.Tech Degree examination in SECOND CLASS iv) Successful candidates who complete the examination in four academic years (Eight consecutive semesters after the commencement of the course of study shall be ranked branch-wise on the basis of the CGPA in all eight semesters put together. In the case of a tie in the CGPA the total marks of the students who have got same CGPA shall be considered for finalizing the rank. Students who pass the examination in supplementary examination are also covered under this clause 11. Educational Tour a) The students may undertake one educational tour preferably after fourth semester of the course and submit a tour report b) The tour may be conducted during the vacation / holidays taking not more than 5 working days, combined with the vacation / holidays if required. Total number of Tour days shall not exceed 15 days. c) The tour period shall be considered as part of the working periods of a semester 12. Revision of Regulations The university may from time to time revise, amend or change the regulations, curriculum, scheme of examinations and syllabi. These changes unless specified otherwise, will have effect from the beginning of the academic year / semester following the notification of the University


105 08.101 08. 2008 scheme (Common for all branches) Course No 08. Semester III Course No 08.303 08.107 08.ENGINEERING Combined I and II Semesters.302 08.109 08.304 08.(MPU) Fluid Mechanics Lab Total Weekly load.102 08.STREAM .306 08.307 08.PRODUCTION .103 08.109 will be handled by the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering.308 Name of subject Engineering Mathematics – II (CMPUNERFHBTA) Humanities (MPUE) Fluid Mechanics and Machines (MPU) Mechanics of Solids (MPU) Mechanical Engineering Engineering Drawing (MPU) Part A. hours L T D/P 3 3 4 3 3 0 1 0 0 17 0 0 4 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 2 2 2 2 8 Max sessional marks 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 50 50 400 Exam Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 - Exam max marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 (50+5 0) 100 100 800 Cr edi ts 4 3 5 4 4 5 2 2 29 12 .SCHEME AND SYLLABUS MECHANICAL .104 08.108 08.Civil Drawing & Estimation Civil Engineering Lab.301 08.305 08.110 Weekly load.Machine Drawing Part B. hours L Engineering Mathematics Engineering Physics Engineering Chemistry Engineering Graphics Engineering Mechanics Basic Civil Engineering Basic Mechanical Engineering Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering Basic Communication and Information Engineering Engineering Workshops Total 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 17 T 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 8 D/P 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 2 4 Max session al marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 500 Exa m Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Exam max marks 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1000 Cre dits 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 58 Name of subject The subject 08.106 08.

13 .404 08.407 08.405 08.504 will be handled by the Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering. hours L 3 3 3 2 3 0 0 0 14 T 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 5 D/P 4 3 3 10 Max sessional marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Exam Dur Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 Exam max mark s 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 Cre dits 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 29 Name of subject Engineering Mathematics – III (CMPUNERFHB) Computer Programming & Numerical Methods (MNPU) Metallurgy & Material Science (MP) Production Process-I Machine Tools-I Production Drawing ME Lab Machine Tools lab Total Semester V Course No Name of subject Weekly load.505 08.401 08.508 Engineering Mathematics – IV [CMPU] Electrical Technology [MPU] Theory of Machine [MP] Industrial Electronics [MP] Production Process II Elective I Production Process Lab Electrical and Electronics Lab [MPU] Total The subject 08.501 08.506 08.403 08.504 08.503 08.502 08.408 Weekly load. Max Exam Exam Cre hours session Dur max dits Hrs marks L T D/P al marks 3 3 3 2 3 3 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 3 3 6 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 4 4 4 3 4 4 3 3 29 08.402 08.Semester IV Cours e No 08.406 08.507 08.

707 08.608 Name of subject Weekly load.806 08.607 08.801 08.601 08.705 08.603 08.807 08. Max Exam hours sessiona Dur L T D/P l marks Hrs 2 1 50 3 2 1 50 3 3 1 50 3 3 1 50 3 3 3 0 0 16 1 1 0 0 6 2 5 7 50 50 50 150 500 3 3 Exam Cre max dits marks 100 3 100 3 100 4 100 4 100 100 100 700 4 4 2 5 29 14 . hours L T D/P 3 3 2 3 3 3 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 6 3 3 6 Max sessio nal marks 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 400 Exam Exam Cre Dur max dits Hrs marks 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 4 4 3 4 4 4 3 3 29 Metrology and Instrumentation [MP] Dynamics of Machinery [MP] Computer Aided Design [MPU] Machine Tools II Machines Theory and Design Elective – II CAD Lab Metallurgy and Metrology Lab Total Semester VII Course No 08.701 08.702 08.604 08.606 08. hours L T D/P 2 3 3 3 3 3 0 0 0 17 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 6 2 2 2 6 Max Exam Exam Cr sessiona Dur max edi l marks Hrs marks ts 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 100 500 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 800 3 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 29 Semester VIII Course Name of subject No 08.805 08.709 Name of subject Principles of Management and Decision Modeling [MPU] Mechatronics [MPU] Computer Integrated Manufacturing Systems Theory of Metal cutting Machine Tool Design Elective III Production Tooling Lab CIM Lab Project & Seminar [MPU] Total Weekly load.803 08.804 08.704 08.Semester VI Course No 08.808 Energy Management [MPU] Industrial Engineering [MPU] Tool Engineering Product Development and Design Elective IV Elective V Industrial Seminar [MPU] Project & Viva voce [MPU] Total Weekly load.706 08.605 08.703 08.602 08.708 08.802 08.

Concurrent Engineering 20. Machine tool Technology 12. Nuclear Engineering 5. Industrial Heat Transfer 4. Artificial Intelligence Systems 7. Mechanical working Methods 6. Vibration & Noise Control 16. Professional ethics and human values 6. Environmental Pollution Control 10.606 Elective II 1. Disaster Management 4. Fracture Mechanics 6. Alternate Energy Sources 22. Vehicle Body Engineering 18. Vehicle Performance And Testing 19. Foundry Technology 9. Tool Engineering (MU) 17. Mech. Industrial Automation 21. Communicative English and technical writing 2. Automotive Pollution and Control 23. Agro Machinery 11. Glimpses of world thought 5. Automotive Air-conditioning 17. Internet Technologies 13. Composite Materials Technology 12. Precision Engineering 13 Advanced Manufacturing Processes 14. Advanced Fluid Mechanics 11. Innovation and New Product Development 15 . Entrepreneurship Development 8. Creativity. Advanced Thermodynamics 3. Non Destructive Testing 14. Metal Forming 11. Object Oriented Programming 4. Two And Three Wheeled Vehicles 08. Turbo Machines 14 Experimental Methods in Engineering 15. Total Quality Management 12. Non-conventional Machining Techniques 13. Automotive Fuels & Alternate Fuels 08. Micromachining Methods 16. Industrial Hydraulics 9. Plant Engg & Maintenance 5. Material Characterisation 15. Marketing Management.ELECTIVE SECTION LIST OF ELECTIVES (Electives are common to Mechanical. Instrumentation and control 9. Theory of Machining (MU) 18. Vehicle Transport & Fleet Management 16. Bio Materials 19. Failure Analysis 17. New Energy systems 3. Production and Automobile Engineering branches unless otherwise specified in the title) 08. Environmental Science 7. 7. Computer Graphics 2. Powder Metallurgy 15. 506 Elective I 1. Human aspects of management 3. Finite Element Methods 10. Advanced Welding technology 8. Advanced mechanics of solids 2.706 Elective III 1.System Modeling & Simulation 8. Materials Handling 10.

Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Design 23. Design of IC Engines 17. Industrial Quality Control 4. Propulsion Engineering 2. Design of Heat transfer equipment 5.Road Vehicles 25. Surface Engineering 21.08. Tractors & Farm Equipments 25. Aerospace Engineering 3. Non linear Dynamics and Chaos 6. Automotive Technology (P) 21. Design of Cellular Manufacturing 22. Cryogenic Engineering 14. Production & Operations Management 15. Rapid Prototyping 20. Off. Nanotechnology 20. Design of jigs and fixtures 7. Computer Simulation of IC Engine Processes. Flexible Manufacturing Methods 11. Computer Aided Vehicle Design 08. Automotive Aerodynamics 24. Thermal Management of Electronic Systems 16. Multiphase flow 8. Software Engineering 13. Industrial Safety Engineering 23. Project Management 16. Random vibrations 8. Technology Forecasting 13. Embedded System In Automobiles 26. High Temperature Materials 22. Creativity& Product Development 6. Facilities Planning 4. Management Information Systems 14. Computerized Materials Management 7. Industrial Refrigeration 3. Logistics and Supply Chain Management 19. 16 . Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 2. Product and brand management 18. Computational Fluid Dynamics 12. Research Methodology 19. 15. Controls in Machine tools 9. Financial Management 10. Advanced Decision Modeling 5. Advanced Kinematics of Machines 9. Engineering Design 24. Value Engineering. Bio Medical Engineering. 806 Elective V 1. Continuum Mechanics 17. 12. Tribology 11. 805 Elective IV 1. Robotics 18. Design of Pressure Vessels & Piping 10.

V. Differential Equations and Applications:. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Equivalent matrices.Transform functions multiplied by t and divided by t . B.Reduction to canonical forms-Nature of quadratic formsDefiniteness. B. Tata Mc Graw Hill.Convolution theorem(without proof)-Transforms of unit step function. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Kreyszig. Zenith Publications 17 .Transforms of elementary functions . Advanced Engineering Mathematics.polar and parametric forms) Partial differentiation and applications:.Transforms of derivatives and integrals.S. Nazarudeen and Royson.Linear dependence and independence of vectors.CurvatureRadius of curvature.Maxima and minima of functions of two variables Lagrange’s method.Method of variation of parameters .Grewal .L-T-P: 2-1-0 08. Khanna Publishers 4.Partial derivatives. 8th edition. Higher Engineering Mathematics.GradientPhysical interpretation of gradient.Elementary transformations.Inverse transforms.Eigen values and eigen vectors – Properties of eigen values and eigen vectors. Michel D Greenberg.Evolute ( Cartesian .Jacobians.Identities involving ∇ (no proof) . Wiley Eastern. MODULE-III Matrices:-Rank of a matrix. 2.differentiation of vector functions-Velocity and acceleration.Linear differential eqations with constant coefficients.shifting property.Taylor’s series (one and two variables) .103 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS.Solution of a system linear equations-Non homogeneous and homogeneous equations.Application to orthogonal trajectories (cartisian form only).rank.Directional derivative.Cauchy and Legendre equations – Simultaneous linear equations with constant coefficients. Engineering Mathematics I.1 Credit: 6 MODULE.Divergence.Echelon form and normal form.Pearson International 6.Cayley Hamilton theorem(no proof).Consistency.Scalar and vector functions. Sureshan J.Euler’s theorem on homogeneous functions. 2006 5.Curl.Inverse of a matrix by gauss-Jordan method. REFERENCES 1. unit impulse function and periodic functions-second shifiting theorem.Irrotational and solenoidal fields – Scalar potential.centre of curvature.Errors and approximations.signature and index.Leibnitz rule on differentiation under integral sign.Scalar and vector fields. MODULE-II Laplace transforms:. Higher Engineering Mathematics.Ramana. Thomson 3.Total derivatives.DiagonalisationQuadratic forms. Peter O’ Neil .Solution of ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients using Laplace transforms.Leibnitz’ Theorem(without proof). Vector differentiation and applications :.Operator ∇ .1 Applications of differentiation:– Definition of Hyperbolic functions and their derivativesSuccessive differentiation.

Super conductivity . Shape memory alloys. Uncertainty principle. Particle in one dimensional box.Differential Equation and solution. Energy in wave motion. Types of waves. Velocity of transverse waves along a stretched string. Polaroids. Photo elasticity – isoclinic and isochromatic fringes – photo elastic bench Special Theory of Relativity: Michelson-Morley experiment. Directions and planes. Eigen values and functions. Plane waves and spherical waves. Mass energy relation. Applications of superconductors. div. Density of states. Antireflection coating. E and H are at right angles. Grating equation. Mass less particle. Michelson’s interferometer. Determination of wave length and thickness. Poynting’s theorem (qualitative only) Physics of Solids: Space lattice. Tunnelling (qualitative). Nicol Prism. Relativistic mass. Miller indices. Harmonic waves. Length contraction. Interplanar spacing in terms of Miller indices. Theory of forced harmonic oscillations and resonance. Crystal systems. Introduction to new materials (qualitative) -Metallic glasses. Nano materials. Fraunhofer diffraction at a circular aperture (qualitative). Plane transmission grating. Double refraction. Simultaneity. Fraunhofer diffraction at a single slit. Distribution equations in the three cases (no derivation). Electromagnetic Theory: Del operator – grad. Time Dependent and Time Independent Schrodinger equations. Type-I and Type-II superconductors.II Interference of Light: Concept of temporal and spatial coherence. Bragg’s law. Prediction of electromagnetic waves. MODULE. X-ray diffraction. Resolving power of grating. BCS theory (qualitative). Time dilation.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08. Statistical Mechanics: Macrostates and Microstates. Polarization of Light: Types of polarized light. One dimensional waves – Differential Equation. Three dimensional waves . Interference filters. Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statistics. Wave function. Concept of displacement current. body centered cubic and face centered cubic crystals. Expectation values. Bio materials. MODULE – III Quantum Mechanics: Dual nature of matter. Retardation plates. Interference in thin films and wedge shaped films.Meissner effect. circular and elliptically polarized light. Quality factor. Diffraction of Light: Fresnel and Fraunhofer diffraction. Basic postulates of Maxwell-Boltzmann. Energy and momentum operators. High temperature superconductors. curl and their physical significance. Bosons and Fermions. Einstein’s postulates. Velocity addition. Theory of plane. Induced birefringence. Resolving power of telescope and microscope. Unit cell and lattice parameters. Rayleigh’s criterion for resolution. Newton’s rings. Phase space. Transverse nature of electromagnetic waves. Theory of damped harmonic oscillations. Derivation of Planck’s 18 . Production and analysis of circularly and elliptically polarized light. Coordination number and packing factor with reference to simple cubic. Lorentz transformation equations (no derivation).102 ENGINEERING PHYSICS Credit: 6 MODULE-I Oscillations and Waves: Basic ideas of harmonic oscillations – Differential equation of a SHM and its solution. Deduction of Maxwell’s equations.

Optics. Computer stimulation – study of E & H. Laser – Diffraction at a narrow slit. XI Edn. Introduction to Electrodynamics. 4.. Hassan et al. . John R Taylor. Pearson 5.. III Edn. This part contains 10 questions without any choice. A Text Book of Engineering Physics. Newton’s Rings – Determination of wave length. 7. Spectrometer – Plane transmission grating – wavelength of light. Spectrometer – Refractive indices of calcite for the ordinary and extraordinary rays. Frank & Leno. Sears & Zemansky . University Physics. David J Griffiths. Polarization by reflection – Brewster’s law. Michelson’s interferometer – Thickness of thin transparent film. Semiconductor Laser (qualitative). . 13. New Age International Publishers 7. Solid State Physics. each of 10 marks. LIST OF DEMONSTRATION EXPERIMENTS 1. The syllabus is spread in 3 modules. Free electrons in a metal as a Fermi gas. IV Edn. in 3 hour duration. S O Pillai. John Willey and Sons 10. IV Edn.. 8... Applications. Pearson 11. Ram Prasad & Sons 4. 9. 11. Holography. Chris D Zafiratos & Michael A Dubson. Optical resonant cavity. Richard L Libboff. Part A contains short answer questions for 40 marks. Air Wedge – Diameter of a thin wire 3.A. Fiber Optics . Advanced Engineering Physics . Helium-Neon Laser. M Ali Omar. 19 . II Edn. Pearson 2. Population inversion and stimulated emission. B. Carbon dioxide Laser (qualitative). each of 4 marks (uniformly taken from all modules).formula. Fermi energy. Ruby Laser. Michelson’s interferometer – Wavelength of light. REFERENCE: 1. Laser – Diffraction at a straight wire or circular aperture. this part contains 3 questions out of which 2 are to be answered. Donald A Mcquarrie. The question paper will consist of two parts (A and B). From each module. Types of optical fibers. Modern Physics for Scientists and Engineers. 2. Phasor Books. Part B contains long answer questions for 60 marks. Vivo Books 12. Statistical Mechanics.Numerical Aperture and acceptance angle. III Edn. 5. T. Robert Resnick . Pearson 9. Long answer questions from all the 3 modules will form 60 marks. 10.. Mechanics. Nanotechnology. Trivandrum 14. (Gauss’ law & Ampere’s law) Pattern of Question Paper University examination is for a maximum of 100 marks. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. Prentice Hall of India 8. Elementary Solid State Physics. Eugene Hecht... Kollam..C. Aswathy Publishers. Pearson 3. Computer stimulation – superposition of waves. Upadhyaya. Introduction to Optics. Pearson 6. Mark Ratner& Daniel Ratner. 6. Laser: Einstein’s coefficients. Premlet. Introduction to Special Relativity. J.

Concentration cells.Lithium-ion cell. (12hrs) Corrosion and its control.Boiler corrosion-Water softening methods. PET.General principles. (2hrs) MODULE-3 Polymers.Saturated calomel electrode. (4hrs) MODULE-2 Water treatment. Bakelite.High performance liquid chromatography. free radical. Injection. PMMA.Biodegradable plastics.Electrode potential.Theories of corrosion (chemical corrosion and electrochemical corrosion). cathodic protection).Estimation of hardness.Domestic water treatment.Fuel cells.Priming and foaming.vulcanisation. anionic and coordination polymarisation).Standared hydrogen electrode.Electronic spectra (Classification of electronic transitions.Distillation). Transfer and Extrusion moulding)-Preparation. (3hrs) Thermal methods of analysis-Basic principles involved in Thermo gravimetry. Galvanic corrosion) .Chemical method (reduction)-Properties and Applications of nano materials-Nano tubes-Nano wires.Origin of electrode potential.Mechanism of polymarisation (Addition.Classifications. Vibrational spectra (mechanism of interaction and application).Quinhydron electrode-Determination of PH using these electrodes.Lead acid cell.Coductometric and Potentiometric titrations (acid base.Factors affecting corrosion (nature of metal and nature of environment) and different methods of corrosion control (corrosion inhibitors.Related problems.Nickel cadmium cell. Stress corrosion. Elastomers. Lime-soda process.paint (4hrs) Nano materials. Ion exchange methods-Internal treatments (colloidal.Galvanic series.Reference electrodes.Beer Lamberts law.synthetic rubbers (Buna-S. Urea formaldehyde resin.BOD and COD. carbonate. cationic.Waste water treatment.Types of hardness.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08. (12hrs) Envirnmental damages and prevention. Butyl rubber and Neoprene) (12hrs) Organo electronic compounds -Super conducting and conducting organic materials like Polyaniline.103 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY Credit: 6 MODULE-1 Electrochemistry .Thermoplastics and thermosetting plasticsCompounding of plastics-Moulding techniques of plastics (Compression. spin-spin splitting) (6hrs) Chromatography.Molecular energy levels-Types of molecular spectra.structure of natural rubber. (2hrs) 20 . Rotational spectra (Determination of bond length and application). polyacetylene and [polypyrrol and its EDTA method.Types of corrosion (Concentration cell corrosion.Gas chromatography.Anaerobic and USAB processes. Nylon.Sludge and scales in boilers.Secondary cells.Aerobic .Chemical conversion coatings. phosphate and calgon conditioning). oxidation reduction and precipitation titrations). (2hrs) Spectroscopy.Air pollution. (5hrs) Protective coatings. Differential thermal analysis and applications. PVA. . NMR spectra (Basic principle.Methods of disinfection of water-Desalination process (Reverse osmosis.Metallic coatings.Helmotz double layer.Degree of hardness.Introduction-Classification-preparation (laser abrasion technique and sputtering technique).Electrodes. chemical shift. properties and uses of PVC.CFCs and ozone depletionAlternative refrigerents-Green house effect-Water pollution.Nernst equation and application.Silicon polymers. electro dialysis.

A text book of physical chemistry 10. REFERENCES 1. 8.K.C. Material Science and engineering. Estimation of chloride ions in domestic water. and pour point. 5. B. Gowariker .L. 2. 3.flash and fire point. Estimation of total hardness in water using EDTA. Thiruvananthapuram 21 . Preparation of buffers and standardisation of PH meter.Venkappayya & S. R. P.Raghavan. A first course 7.Properties of lubricants-Viscosity index. Juhaina Ahad . Determination of molarity of HCl solution PH-metrically. Jain. B. R.H. Polymer science 5. L.Gonser .Manufacture of Portland cement.Introduction-Mechanism of lubrication.solid and liquid lubricant. Engineering Chemistry.A. Rajaram . Gopalan. Kuriakose and J. Potentiometric titrations.Bio fuels -Bio hydrogen and Bio-diesel (5hrs) Lubricants. Engineering Chemistry 11. A text book of Engineering Chemistry 13. Engineering Chemistry 12. 9. Modern materials 6. Elements of Material science and Engineering 8. Ane Students Edition. Instrumental methods of analysis 2. Estimation of iron in a sample of heamatite. (4hrs) Cement.R. D.Glasstone . V. 11. 7. Shashi Chawla . Determination of flash and fire point of a lubricating oil by Pensky Marten’s apparatus.C. A. H. Engineering Chemistry 14. 12. Chemistry of Engineering and Technology volume I & II 15. 4.Calorific value.N Goyal and Harmendra Goeal. Estimation of dissolved oxygen. J.aniline value. Willard.W.Fuels. 6.Goodby . Dean .Klauhunde. Determinations of PH using glass electrode and quinhydron electrode. Merrit and J.W.A. Nanoscale materials in chemistry 4.Theory of setting and hardening of cement (2hrs) LAB-EXPERIMENTS (DEMONSTRATION ONLY) 1. Nagarajan . Estimation of available chlorine in bleaching powder. Estimation of COD in sewage water. Van Vlack .J. De . K. Environmental Chemistry 3. J. Estimation of copper in brass.HCV and LCV-Experimental determination of calorific valueTheoretical calculation of calorific value by Dulongs formula . Chemistry of liquid crystals 9. 10. S.

104 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS Credit: 6 INTRODUCTION: Introduction to technical drawing and its language. cone sphere. Principles of Orthographic PROJECTION OF POINTS AND LINES: projection. tetrahedron. Demonstration of any one CAD software. Construction of parabola (i) Rectangle method (ii) Tangent method. Benefits of CAD. (1 sheet practice) MODULE I PLAIN CURVES: Conic sections by eccentricity method. Epicycloid and Hypocycloid. cone. DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES: Development of surfaces of (i) simple solids like prisms. Construction of Tangent and Normal at any point on these curves Types of projections. cylinder and cone (ii) Cut regular solids. (i) Cylinder and cylinder (ii)Prism and prism.) PERSPECTIVE PROJECTION: Principles of perspective projection. Archimedian spiral. cylinder. Logarithmic spiral and Helix. frustum of solids and also their combinations. MODULE II PROJECTION OF SOLIDS: Projection of simple solids such as prisms. pyramids. CAD: Introduction to CAD systems. Perspective projection of simple solids like prisms and pyramids in simple positions. symbols and drawing instruments.L-T-P: 1-0-2 08. octahedron. pyramids. section of simple solids cut by parallel. scaling of figures. Construction of ellipse: (i) Arc of circles method (ii) Rectangle method (ii) Concentric circles method. definition of perspective terminology. Involute of a circle. Construction of Tangent and Normal at any point on these curves MISCELLANEOUS CURVES: Construction of Cycloid. Determination of true length. Construction of hyperbola (i) Arc of circles method (ii) given ordinate. pyramids. MODULE III ISOMETRIC PROJECTION: Isometric scale. INTERSECTION OF SURFACES: Intersection of surfaces of two solids as given below. SECTIONS OF SOLIDS: Types of cutting planes. abscissa and the transverse axis (iii) given the asymptotes and a point on the curve. dimensioning. (iii) Cone and Cylinder (Only cases where the axes are perpendicular to each other and intersecting with or without offset. sphere and their auxiliary projections. Projections of points and lines. cylinder. lettering. Lines. Their projections and true shape of cut sections. Isometric view and projections of simple solids like prisms. inclination with planes of projection and traces of lines. General Note: (i) First angle projection to be followed 22 . perpendicular and inclined cutting planes. Various Soft wares for CAD.

Students are required to answer any two questions from each module. Venugopal . (iii) Distribution of marks Module -I 2 x 16 = 32 Module -II 2 x 17 = 34 Module III 2 x 17 = 34 __________ 100 REFERENCES 1.C. Engineering Drawing and Graphics 4. Engineering Drawing 3. K.N. Engineering Graphics 6. K. Engineering Drawing 7. Luzadder and Duff .(ii) Question paper shall contain 3 questions from each module. Anil Kumar. John. Engineering Drawing 8. Varghese. N. Gopalakrishnan. Bhatt . K. Engineering Graphics 5.R. P. K. D. Engineering Graphics 9.I. Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing 2. P. Engineering Graphics 23 .S. except from CAD. Gill. Thamaraselvi.

Equilibrium of rigid bodies-free body diagrams.Mass moment of inertia of rings. 3.basic elements of a vibrating system – spring mass model – undamped free vibrations – angular free vibration – simple pendulum. Vector approach. Relative velocity . “Vector Mechanics for Engineers – Statics and Dynamics”. Collision of elastic bodies-Law of conservation of momentum-Direct and oblique impact between elastic bodies and impact with fixed plane. Pearson Education. Mc-Graw Hill –International Edition 4.Theorems of Pappus-GouldinusMoment of inertia of areas. motion of connecting rod and piston. Irving. H. Parallel and perpendicular axes theorems..basic concepts-analysis of different types of problems Kinetics. equations of equilibrium. MODULE III (20 HRS) Work. wheel rolling without slipping.Varignon’s theorem. 2005. H. 2.Resultant and Equilibrant of coplanar concurrent force systemsvarious analytical methods. Simple harmonic motion – vibration of mechanical systems .L-T-P: 2-1-0 08.D’Alembert’s principle in curvilinear motion. Popov. method of resolution. Momentum. Curvilinear motion. couple.types of beams .105 ENGINEERING MECHANICS Credit: 6 MODULE I (20 HRS) Idealizations of Mechanics.Support reactions of simply supported and overhanging beams under different types of loading. “Mechanics of Solids”.centroid of composite areas. MODULE II (20 HRS) Properties of surfaces.D’Alembert’s principle. REFERENCES: 1. properties of couple. Centrifugal and centripetal forces – motion of vehicles on curved paths in horizontal and vertical planes – super elevation – stability of vehicles moving in curved paths (qualitative ideas only).principle of transmissibility of a forcecomposition and resolution. “Engineering Mechanics”.2007 24 .Lami’s theorem. 1966. motion of link. Dynamics: Kinematics-Combined motion of translation and rotation-instantaneous centre. Beer & Johnston. Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited.Elements of vector algebra Statics of rigid bodies-Classification of force systems. Power and Energy .Conditions of equilibrium.wedge friction. Forces in space. Shames. & Young D. Kinetics of rigid bodies under combined translatory and rotational motion – work – energy principle for rigid bodies.Motion of lift. Timoshenko S. “Engineering Mechanics”.Radius of Gyrationmoment of inertia of composite areas.(simple problems) Types of supports . Prentice Hall Book Company.cone of friction.ladder friction. New Delhi. Friction-Laws of friction-angle of friction. solid discs and solid spheres (no derivations required)Angular momentum-Angular impulse.Newton’s laws of translatory motion.types of loading.Resultant and equilibrant of coplanar non-concurrent force systems..Motion of connected bodies.Conditions of equilibriumMoment of a force.Work-Energy principle-Impulse.

New Delhi. “Engineering Mechanics.Part A – 8 compulsory questions covering entire syllabus. Kumar K. Tayal A K. 5 marks each. 6. Vikas Publishing House Private Limited. Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Company Limited. (5 x 8 = 40) Part B – Three questions of 10 marks from each module. & Sankarasubramanian G. Umesh Publications..2004 8. “Engineering Mechanics”. “Engineering Mechanics”. Benjamin J.Statics and Dynamics” . New Delhi. 25 . “Engineering Mechanics”.. 7. Delhi. Pentex Book Publishers and Distributors. 1998. out of which two should be answered (10 x 2 x 3 = 60).L.5. 2003. Kollam.. 2008 Note Question For University Examination:. Rajasekaran S.

Types of paint . Aggregates – desirable qualities of fine and coarse aggregates Plain Cement Concrete (PCC): preparation-proportioning-mixing of concrete. Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil: Importance of determination of the Safe Bearing Capacity of Soil (brief description only). aggregate.Temporary adjustments of a level.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08. Contour maps (Brief description only).mosaic tiles. granite and synthetic materials. Plumbing services. Combined footing.Tape & chain only . Trapezoidal rule. Foundation: Different types .Spread footing. reading the staff .stone masonry. Simpson’s rule (examples). Steel-common types used in construction. wood and steel surfaces. Elementary ideas on pre-cast and pre-stressed concrete constructions. Mat foundation¸ Pile foundation (description only). Building services – vertical transportation – stairs – types. Levelling: Levelling instruments . steel & Aluminium.reduction of level height of collimation method only (simple examples). emulsion & distemper.Mid ordinate rule.Ranging out survey linesTaking measurements of sloping ground . Compressive strength -IS Specifications. Computation of areas .Tape correction (problems). Tests on Cement .Introduction to Distomat. holding the staff. particle boards & glass.desirable qualities of stone and brick. ceramic tiles.106 BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING Credit: 6 MODULE I Surveying: Object and Principles of Surveying. Measurements in levelling . AC Sheet.Principles of leveling .recording measurements in the field book . PVC Sheet MODULE III Concrete: Ingredients. windows & ventilators : Types . ramps (brief description only). Flooring: Types . Doors.types of buildings .consistency. Super structure: Masonry . Total Station & GPS (Brief description only) MODULE II Building construction: Selection of site for buildings . average ordinate rule. Linear Measurements: Direct measurements .Preparation of Cement mortar Painting: Preparation of surfaces for painting .plywood. 26 . GI Sheet . tiled roof. Qualities of ingredients (brief description only).cement. Partition: Materials used for making partition . initial and final setting times.Mild Steel.wood.brief description of water supply and sewage disposal arrangements for residential buildings. brick masonry –Types. marble.materials used for the construction of doors and windows . sloping roof Concrete roof. escalators and elevators.enamel. Plastering: Mortar – properties . Roofing: Selection of type of roof -flat roof. Selection of roof covering materials.Errors . Reinforced Cement Concrete (RCC)-advantages of RCC over Plain Cement Concrete. HYSD Steel and their properties.plastered. Tilting Level ) Levelling Staff. Isolated footing. and water.Components of buildings.Level (Dumpy Level.

New York. for 40 marks. Vertical Transportation for Buildings.K.Trivandrum Note: The question paper will consists of two parts. American Elsevier Publishing Company. Building Materials. There will be two questions (20 marks each) from each module out of which one from each module is to be answered.1970 2..REFERENCE: 1. 2001 4. S. 2004 5. “Basic Civil Engineering” Karunya Publications.C Punmia.“Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering”. 1957 8. “Construction and Technology” 9. It contains 8 questions of 5 marks each.N. “Building Construction” . (20 X 3 = 60) 27 . 1990 7. Rangwala. Part II is to cover 3 modules. “Fundamentals of Surveying” Prentice-Hall of India. “Surveying & Leveling” Vol. Jha and Sinha. Moorthy. Part I and part II. Rangwala.. Rangwala. New Delhi. 2004 3. Roy.Delhi. 10.”Introduction to Civil Engineering”Phasor Books.. Adler R. Charotar Publishing House.2004 6. Narayanan and Lalu Mangal . Charotar Publishing House. Santha Minu.. “Building Construction”.. – I. Modern Publishing House distributor.. B.Kollam. Laxmi publications(P) Ltd.Charotar publishing house. Part I is Compulsory covering the entire syllabus.

28 . steam and hydraulic turbines. Manufacturing processes: Elementary ideas of casting. “Basic Mechanical Engineering” Note: Lectures are to be supplemented by demonstration in laboratories. GDI and Hybrid Vehicles Steam boilers: Classification – Cochran boiler. Ostwald and Begeman.reciprocating and centrifugal. Crouse. “Fluid mechanics and machines” 8. Benson boilerfluidized bed combustion. MPFI. taper turning. Smith and Zuirys. welding. “Fundamentals of IC Engines” 3. grinding. pumps. Note: The question paper will consist of two parts. p-v and T-s diagrams Air cycles: Carnot. MODULE III Mechanical Power transmission systems: Belt. This may contain 10 questions of 4 marks each. milling (simple sketches and short notes).Electro discharge machining (EDM) and Electro chemical machining (ECM) Principle. MODULE II Principles and fields of application of . single plate clutch. Hajra Choudhary. Amstead.L-T-P: 2-1-0 08. ignition system and governing system.concept of reversibility and entropy. “Manufacturing processes” 4. soldering and brazing Machining processes. Roy and Choudhary. application and advantages of C N C machine REFERENCES 1. thread cutting. R K Bensal.general description of various systems using block diagrams – air system. “Workshop Technology” 7. drilling. “Automobile Engineering” 5. “Elements of Mechanical Engineering” 6. gas turbine cycles. First law. rope and gear drives-types. Non conventional machining . centrifugal and jet pumps. rolling.impulse and reaction. “Engineering Thermodynamics” 2.107 BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Credit: 6 MODULE I Thermodynamics : Basic concepts and definitions of Zeroth law. gear trains (no derivations).compressors . There can be 3 questions from each module (10 marks each) out of which 2 are to be answered. Otto and Diesel cycles-Air standard efficiency (simple problems) IC Engines: Working and comparison of two stroke and four stroke petrol and diesel engines . Part I is to be compulsory for 40 marks. shaping. Part II is to cover 3 modules. comparison and fields of application-velocity ratio-slip (simple problems) friction disc. Spalding and and closed Elementary ideas of hydro electric. Gill. thermal and nuclear power plants Refrigeration & Air Conditioning: Refrigerants. Vapor compression refrigeration system. Second law of thermodynamics. CFC free refrigerants. Babcock and Wilcox boiler. A brief description of CRDI. fuel system. J Benjamin. Comfort and Industrial air conditioning-typical window air conditioning unit (general description only).turning. forging. blower.reciprocating.

Lenz' law . “Theory and Problems of Basic Electrical Engineering”.j notation . Schematic layout of LT switchboards. Primary and secondary transmission and distribution systems Different methods of wiring for LT installations..PN junction diodes. 2000. reluctance – problems in series magnetic circuits. Solution of RL. thermal and nuclear power plants. principle of Photo diode. Bulk transmission of electric power . energy efficient lamps MODULE – III Diodes . Working of incandescent lamps. Tata McGraw Hill. V. ELCBs and switches.08. Measurement of energy – working of 1-phase energy meter.necessity of earthing .active and reactive components.generation of alternating currents – waveforms frequency .block diagram description of a dc power supply. Analysis of simple ac circuits – concept of impedance and admittance .phasor representation . 2. Power devices – V – I characteristics and applications of SCR and Triac Working principle of UPS and SMPS. Block schematic of layout of generating stations . Three phase systems .constructional details of single phase and three phase transformers Methods of bulk generation of electric power. principle of working and V-I characteristics of Zener diode. -fluorescent lamps. Mitlle.inductance. RC and RLC series circuits.period .MMF. Working of simple zener voltage regulator. Rectifiers & power supplies .average and rms values . wind.typical electrical power transmission scheme .generation of three phase voltage . Solar cell.108 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING L – T – P: 2-1-0 Credits: 6 MODULE – I Elementary concepts . principle of working of series inductor and shunt capacitor filters. Phasor representation of alternating quantities .Principle of operation .substations . Earthing of installations . Vdc. Measurement of power in three phase circuits ( two wattmeter method). MODULE – II Transformers . DP Kothari.self and s mutual induction .statically induced and dynamically induced emf . Prentice Hall of India. 29 .hydroelectric. 1990. final equations of Vrms. Review of electromagnetic induction Faradays laws. flux and delta connection relation between phase and line values of voltage and current . wave and geothermal energy. field strength.need for high transmission voltage . thermistor. & LED. Protective fuses. MCBs. Renewable energy sources solar.EMF equation . dynamic & static resistance. circuit diagram & working of half-wave & full wave rectifier.plate and pipe earthing. Alternating current fundamentals .Magnetic Circuits .power and power factor in ac circuits . V-I characteristics. tidal. LJ Nagrath.phasor representation three wire and four wire systems.Kirchoffs laws .form factor. “Basic Electrical Engineering”. ripple factor and peak inverse voltage in each case.N.substation equipments. Transducers – Resistance strain guage.rectangular polar and exponential forms. LVDT REFERENCES 1.

Millman and Halkias. “Basic Electronics and Linear Circuits”. New Delhi. 5. 30 . Devices and Applications”. Part – A is to be compulsory for 40 marks (10 questions of 4 marks each).. Rangan C.One out of two or two out of four from each module).. Volume I. McGraw-Hill Book Co 8. Sarma G. Rajath Publishers. "Integrated Electronics: Analog and digital circuits and systems". 1992. Note : The question paper will consist of two parts. and Mani V. US Bhatnagar and A Chakrabarthy. Premlet. “Introduction to Electrical Engineering”.S. B. Gopakumar. Thereja.L. Part-B is to cover 3 modules for 60 marks. Asia 2003. ML Soni. 12. "Instrumentation Devices and Systems". Francis M Fernandez. 1992.Bhargava. “A Basic Course in Electrical Engineering”. Rashid. “Introduction To Electronics and Communications”. N. “A Text Book of Electrical Technology”. 9. S Chand & Co.R. Tata McGraw Hill. Kollam 6. Ernakulam.N. New Delhi 1997 10. TP Imthias Ahmed. 2002.3. 4. “Power Electronic Circuits. Edward Hughes. Tata McGraw Hill 11. Dhanpath Rai & Sons. PU Guptha. Phaser Books. B. “Electrical and Electronic Technology”. (50% choice.Phasor Books. Pearson education. .V. Kollam 7. “A Text Book on Power System Engineering”.S.. Pearson Education. Muhammad H.

APD). applications of radar in measurements and navigation. typical doping. integrator and comparator. advantages of optical communication. principle of light transmission through fiber. realization of logic functions. concepts of class A. frequency response. (4 hrs) (c) Color television: TV Standards. common emitter & common collector configurations. block diagram of PAL TV transmitter & receiver. photolithography. input & output resistances and applications. block diagrams of AM & FM transmitters. block diagram of CRO. (3 hrs) (f) Optical communication: block diagram of the optical communication system. concepts of feedback. concepts of common base. logic families: TTL and CMOS Logic (No internal diagram) (4 hrs) (f) IC fabrication: purification of silicon.interlaced scanning. diffusion. B. concept of geo-stationary satellite. basic principles of LCD & Plasma displays. working of NPN transistor. block diagram of earth station transmitter & receiver. (4 hrs) (e) Satellite communication: microwave frequency bands. basic principles of cableTV.principle &block diagram of super heterodyne receiver. (5 hrs) (d) Radar and navigation: principle of radar and radar equation. working principle of CRT. unit process: oxidation. measurements using CRO. analog and digital ICs. epitaxy. summing amplifier.109 BASIC COMMUNICATION AND INFORMATION ENGINEERING L – T – P: 2-1-0 MODULE 1(Qualitative Treatment) (a) Bipolar junction transistors: NPN & PNP transistors. (3 hrs) (c) Amplifiers & Oscillators: circuit diagram & working of common emitter amplifier. flip flop (JK). AB and Class C power amplifiers. block schematics of pulsed radar. principle of digital storage oscilloscope. working principle of source (semiconductor Laser) & detector ( PIN. advantages of satellite communication. comparison of three configurations with reference to voltage & current gain. ion implantation. satellite transponder. CCTV system. circuit diagram & working of push pull amplifiers. structure. (6 hrs) (b) Field effect Transistors : basic principles of JFET. bandwidths. MESFET and MOSFET. function of each component in the circuit. factors affecting range. ideal operational amplifier. working principles of oscillators.use as inverting amplifier. current gain of each. voltage gain and 3dB bandwidth. wafer preparation. crystal growth. functional block diagram of operational amplifier. basic principles of HDTV.08. input & output characteristics of common emitter configuration. frequency bands used. principle and block diagram of function generator. (4 hrs) MODULE 2 (Qualitative Treatment) (a) Measurements: principle and block diagram of analog and digital multimeter. (5hrs) (b) Radio communication: principle of AM & FM. principle of Global Positioning System(GPS). principle of AM &FM demodulation. need of proper biasing. (5 hrs) Credits: 6 31 . (4 hrs) (e) Digital ICs:logic gates. non inverting amplifier. comparison with BJT. deposition. circuit diagram & working of RC phase shift oscillator (7 hrs) (d) Integrated circuits: advantages of ICs. comparison of AM & FM. principle of combinational and sequential logic circuits. wave forms. concepts of Single Mode and Multi Mode optical fiber.

New Age International [Module 2 (c)] 10.server computing. 4. TMH 3. William Stallings. There shall be 3 questions from each module (10 marks each) out of which 2 are to be answered.. Part II is to cover 3 modules. switch.Kamran Eshraghian. ITL Education Solution Ltd. 2008.E.principle of CDMA. caches. (4hrs) (d) Internet Technology: concepts of networking: client . domain names. parity checking. Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits.R. digital modulation techniques. Introduction to web languages-HTML . operating systems. FSK. LAN. Circuits and IT fundamentals. Monochrome and Colour Television.WAN &World wide web. transmission media.ASK. Principles of CMOS VLSI design – A system perspective. 3rd edition. PHI 5. Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements. network topologies. principle and block diagram of GSM. Pearson Education. network interface unit . M.Frenzel. David A. (7 hrs) REFERENCES 1.Phasor Publisher’s. This shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Introduction to Information Technology.MAN. R. 5th edition. PHI . and carries 60 marks. Computer Architecture. analog and digital data transmission.MODULE 3 (Qualitative Treatment) (a) Computer Architecture: functional units: basic concept of ALU. main memory.modem. frequency reuse. IP addresses. Gulati.circuit switching and packet switching. Pearson Education.S C Gupta. Neil H E Weste. internetworking concepts.basic principles of router.D C Kulshreshtha. Louis. concepts of cells. Santiram Kal. 2008 9. microprocessors . Pearson Education [Module 1(f)] 6.TCP/IP. bridge. virtual memory. Principles of Electronic Communication Systems. switching technologies.functional block diagram of 8085 (9 hrs) (b) Data communication: overview. communication protocols. network security. PSK. Wireless Communications and Networks. network devices.Moris Mano. Part I is to cover the entire syllabus.Kollam This subject shall be handled by faculty of Dept. TMH 8. (6hrs) (c) Mobile communication: basic principles of cellular communications. digitization of wave forms. Basic Electronics – Devices.Firewall.of Electronics and Communication in the Colleges. memory path and control.XML. Question Paper The question paper shall consist of two parts. WLL & GPRS technologies. N N Bhargava. 32 . and carries 40 marks. PHI 2. Introduction to Electronics & Communication . Bell. K Gopakumar. PCM .[Module 2(a)] 7. basic concepts of error detection .

Study of pipe joints. F. T joint. chiseling. Preparing tube joints. Lathe and Drilling machine. Practice on riveted joints. Plumbing: Study of tools. moulding practice and demonstration of casting. Welding: Study of welding machines. Dove tail joint. frustums. C.110 ENGINEERING WORKSHOPS L-T-P/D. Selection of different gauge GI sheets for jobs. B. Demonstration on forging of square prism.08. marking and sawing. C: Sheet Metal Work: Study of tools. hexagonal bolt. 0-0-2 Credits: 6 A. Making of Butt joint. B. E: Foundry: Study of tools. T joint and Lap joint. G: Smithy: Study of tools. Details of plumbing work in domestic and industrial applications. cutting. H: Machine Tools: Study and demonstration on working of machine tools. Use of special tools in plumbing work. drilling and tapping. trays and containers. threading and laying of pipes with different fittings using PVC pipes. D. Practice in planning. Male and female joints. NOTE: For the university examination the student shall be examined in sections A. Preparation of sand. Straight line practices. Practice in filing. cutting. Carpentry: Study of tools and joints. D and E only. 33 . Fitting: Study of tools. Stepped joints. T bolt and Eye bolt. Joints – Cross joint.

First order nonlinear equations-standard forms -Homogeneous PDE with constant coefficients. properties Module III Partial differential equations: Formationof PDE. Part A ( 40 marks) Ten compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Kreyszig. Part B ( 60 marks) Student must answer one out of two from each module . B. References 1. Odd and even functions. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Solution of Lagranges linear equation. Area enclosed by plane curves. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Grewal. Tata Mc Graw Hill. 2. Dirichlet’s condition for convergence.Stokes theorem and Gauss divergence theorem (no proof). 3. 8th Wiley Eastern. Half range expansions. 5. 4.Change of order of integration.08. Application of PDE: Derivation of one dimensional Wave and Heat equations. Higher Engineering Mathematics. Boundary value problems in one dimensional Wave and Heat equations. Peter O Neil.Volume of solids. Vector integration: Line and surface and volume integrals. Credits: 4 34 . Michel D Greenberg.Triple integrals. inverse Fourier transforms. solution by seperation of variables. Pearson Note: The question paper shall consists of two parts. Khanna Publishers. B. 301 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS II L-T-P/D. Fourier Transforms: Fourier integral theorem(no proof)-Fourier transforms. Higher Engineering Mathematics.Ramana. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.Fourier sine and cosine transforms . 3-1-0 (CMPUNERFHBTA) Module I Multiple Integrals: Double Integrals (Cartisian only).Each question carries 20 marks.V. Module II Fourier series: Fourier series of periodic functions of period 2 and 2l. Greens theorem in the plane.S.

M.Balance sheet (with simple problems) .ECONOMICS (2 periods per week) Credits: 3 Module – I Definition of Economics – Basic Concepts Goods – Choice of techniques – Production possibility curve National Income concepts . 5. Rudder Dutt and K.ACCOUNTANCY (1 Period per week) Module III Book.08.the journal proper (simple problems). 3.GNP – GDP – NNP – Per Capita Income – Three Sectors of the Economy – Primary – Secondary.Method of Balancing accounts. Environment and Development – Basic Issues – Sustainable Development and Environmental Accounting – Population – Resources and the Environment – Poverty and the Environment – Growth versus the Environment – The Global Environment . D. Hal R.K Dewett. Tertiary Sector – Significance of Money. Banking. International Trade and Public Finance. Final accounts: Preparation of trading and profit and loss Account.P. Double Entry book Keeping – Batliboi 9. 3-0-0 (MPEU) PART I. Mithani-Money. Michael – Todaro. Economic Development Addison Wesley Longman Ltd. Stock Market and present scenario – Industrial sector past and present – Industry Analysis – Electronics – Chemical – Automobile – FMCG Industry. A Systematic approach to Accounting: Dr K. Production function – Law of Variable proportion – Returns to scale Least cost combination of inputs – Cost concepts – Cost output relationship Module -II Inflation – causes of inflation – measures to control inflation – Demand – Pull inflation – cost push inflation – effects of Inflation – effects of inflations comparison between inflation and deflation. Modern Economic theory 2. Varian – Intermediate Micro Economics 7. Part – I Economics Part A – 30 Marks (short answers) covering entire syllabus (3x10=30) Part B – 40 marks (50% choice one out of two or two out of four from each module) Part – II Accountancy Three questions covering entire syllabus out of which two questions has to be answered (2x15=30) 35 . 302 HUMANITIES L-T-P/D.M Sundaran – Indian Economy 6. Meaning of Demand and Supply – Types of demand – Determinants of Demand – Demand forecasting.G.Keeping-rules for journalizing -Ledger accounts –Cash book-Banking transactions – Trial Balance. PART II . Himalaya publishing House. Mohinder Kumar Sharma _ Business Environment in India 4.Introduction to Accounting packages (Description only) References : 1. K. Koutsiannis (second Edition) Micro Economics 8. New Delhi. Chandrasekharan Nair University question Note: Part I and Part II to be answers in separate answer books.Keeping and Accountancy -Elements of Double Entry -Book. India’s Economic crisis in 1991 – New economic policy – Global Financial meltdown in 2008 – Applicability of Keynesian Theory to UDC’S.

friction factor.Velocity measurements. Introduction to fluid dynamics. scale Laws – Unit speed – Unit discharge and unit power Module –III Positive displacement pumps. Reynolds number.rotodynamic pumpscentrifugal pump impeller.Velocity triangles – Euler’s equation – Speed ratio. jet ratio & work done .work done and efficiencies – Characteristic curves of turbines – theory of draft tubes – surge tanks – Cavitation in turbines – Governing of turbines – Specific speed of turbine . Newtonian and nonNewtonian fluids. water hammer Transmission of power through pipes (simple problems) Module – II Impact of jets: Stationary and moving vanes – Flat and curved vanes – Series of vanes work done and efficiency. Specific weight. head . Compound pipes. Energies in flowing fluid. bulk modulus.Venturi and Orifce meters. manometers. sudden expansion and sudden contractions. Chezy’s formula . Atmospheric pressure. Practical applications: Flow rate measurements. Flow through pipes: Reynolds experiment. casings –manometric head. efficiency and losses. K. vane pump and lobe pump. Rotary motion of liquids – free. pressure gauges.indicator diagram. Bernoulli’s equation. dynamic. Dimensional analysis : Rayleigh method. Fox.Poiseuille equation.Francis Turbine – Constructional features – Velocity triangles. priming. siphon effect. Mody’s chart.effect of acceleration and friction on indicator diagram – multi cylinder pumps. Pearson education.Piezo meter. Theory and applications of fluid mechanics. forced and spiral vortex flows. Douglas. Darcy.weisbach equation.slip negative slip and work required and efficiency. R K Bansal.pressure. similarity and model testing-selection of water turbines for power plants. exit. Laminar and Turbulent flow. compressibility. losses and efficiencies.Density. real and ideal fluids. Fluid Mechanics. Jagadish Lal. design of Pelton wheel – Inward and outward flow reaction turbines. branching of pipes. Newton’s law of viscosity. gear pumps. Measurement of pressure . Performance characteristics-multistage pumps-selection of pumps-pumping devices-hydraulic ram jet pumps. (TMH) 4. Turbulent flow through pipes. head loss due to friction. Fluid mechanics and Hydraulic machines 7.303 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINES L-T-D: 4-1-0 (MPU) Module – I Properties of fluid . 2. Hydraulic Turbines : Impulse and Reaction Turbines – Pelton Wheel – Constructional features . Type Number– Characteristic curves. Eulers equation. Buckingham theorem – Dimensionless numbers Similarity Laws – Shape numbers – Impeller shapes based on shape numbers References : rate of shear strain. Gauge pressure and Absolute pressure. workdone and efficiencies – Axial flow turbine (Kaplan ) Constructional features – Velocity triangles. Mechanics of fluids 6. Hagen. viscosity. J. Pressure at a point in a fluid. Shames. Subrahmanya.Pitot tube and Pitot –static tube. specific speed. John Wiley and sons 3.08. F. Continuity equation.Losses at entry. H. Hydraulic Machines Credits: 5 36 . Notches and Weirs (description only for notches and weirs). incompressible and compressible fluids. surface tension. Robert W.reciprocating pump – air vessels and their purposes – separation and cavitation . velocity. I. Pascal’s Law. static and total head.

covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ) Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module. R. 37 . Fluid Mechanics & Machines . 10. S Govinda Rao.A & PART – B Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each. Hydraulic Machines D S Kumar. Standard Publishers. John M Cimbala. Tata McGraw-Hill Note The question paper shall contain two parts. 11.K. Fluid flow mechanics Yunus A Cengel. 12. PART.8. Each question carries 20 marks. Student has to answer three full questions selecting one from each module (3x 20 = 60 ). N. Hydraulics & Hydraulic Machines Modi & Seth. Fluid Mechanics.Rajput. 9.

5 Singh G. Advanced Mechanics of Solids. volumetric strain. New Delhi. Mechanics of Materials.B. thermal stress. Concept of stress and strain tensor. Gere. bulk modulus of elasticity. plane strain and examples. Strain energy due to axial loads. lateral strain.S. Mechanics of structures Vol I & II Egor P Popov. Strength of materials. Tata McGraw-Hill Note: University question paper consists of two parts Part A – 40 Marks (8 compulsory questions of 5 marks each to cover the entire syllabus) Part B – 60 marks ( 50% Choice. simply supported and over hanging beams-concentrated and UD loads. generalised Hooke’s law.PHI Timoshenko. Engineering Mechanics of solids. Srinath. New Delhi. composite bars.gradually and suddenly applied impact loads. circular and I sections. Saint-Venant’s Principle and stress concentration. Analysis of pin-jointed plane perfect frames by the method of joints. concept of strain. normal strain and shear strain. Slope and deflection of beams. Ane Books India. Direct and bending stress – short columns – core of section Crippling load-Eulers equation. Module II Shear force and bending moment diagrams– cantilever. CBS Publishers & Distributors. deformation of axially loaded bars.Junarkar.. and J. definition of plane stress. D. principle of superposition. References : S. load. modulus of rigidity. modulus of elasticity. Stress transformation (2D only) principal stress and Mohr’s circle. Hooke’s law. Module III Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow shafts-power transmitted by shafts. members with varying cross section.M. Poisson’s ratio. computation of slope and deflection of simply supported and cantilever beams.P. constitutive relation.deflection differential equation.08. One out of Two from each module) 1 2 3 4 38 . Thin cylinders and shells subjected to internal and external pressures – thick cylinders and spherical shellsLame’s equation – compound cylinders.304 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS L-T-D: 3-1-0 (MPU) Module I Credits : 4 Concept of stress – normal stress and shear stress. Theory of simple bending-bending stress and shear stress distribution-rectangular. 6 L.Macaulay’s method. Strength of Materials Timoshenko S. relationship between elastic constants.

Ammonia –water system and Electrolex system. reheating-. simple saturated cycle. Reference: Thermal Engineering. Sachdeva Heat Transfer . psychometric chart. two stage compression. reflectivity and transmissivity.. Vapour refrigeration cycle-layout. reciprocating compressor-p-v diagram.L Ballaney Refrigeration & Air conditioning. 2. effect of clearance. 3.D.Layout. hollow spheres and their composites. Buckingham’s Π theorem and its application to Natural and forced convection heat transfer. effect of sub cooling and superheatingLiquid suction heat exchanger.Classifications-open closed and semi closed cycle and working cycles. Fans and Blowers-classification. 4.psychrometry-basic definitions. Pearson Education. wet and superheated cycle. efficiency. Module III Refrigeration-Definition. work done. Note The question paper shall contain two parts. Convection. Absorption refrigeration. effect of variation in pressure. Heat exchangers-Classification-Parallel flow. PART. Rajput. T-s and p-h diagram. work output. optimum pressure ratio. Air cycles-reversed Carnot cycle. effect of regeneration. psychometric processproblems. hollow cylinder. absorptivity. Log mean area. Radiation heat transfer between infinite parallel plates. Critical radius and its significance. variation of temperature. Analysis of Heat Exchangers –LMTD and NTU methods Module II Compressors-Classifications. T.Eastop and A McConkay. heat transfer coefficient. Grey body – Kirchoffs law. Concept of black body. 6. Radiation-Stefan Boltzman law.General Heat Conduction Equation in Cartesian and Polar Coordinates. One-dimensional conduction through plane wall. Fourier law of heat conduction. emissivity. volumetric efficiency and free air delivered (FAD). Factors affecting conductivity. thermal conductivity and thermal resistance. condenser. evaporator.C. working.P Arora Fundamentals of engineering Heat and Mass Transfer. Unit.08. overall heat transfer coefficient.J P Holman Applied Thermo Dynamics for Engineering. method of improving COP.P . C. Bell Coleman cycle. 5. intercooling.Modes of heat transfer.Newton law of cooling. Air conditioning. Credits : 4 39 . the factors influencing the load calculation. Rotary compressors. effect of intercooling. Load Calculation in air conditioning systems. efficiencies. Thermal Engineering. COP. 305 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Heat transfer. working and field of applications (description only) Gas turbines.classifications. emissive power.A & PART – B 1. counter flow.R.

covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ) Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module. Student has to answer three full questions selecting one from each module (3x 20 = 60 ).Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each. Each question carries 20 marks. 40 .

types of sectional views. The first question is from module-1 which carries 20 marks. Knuckle Joint. forms of rivet heads.. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering. Building drawing and detailing.I. 1-0-2 41 . quantity estimation and cost estimation of building such as residential building and factory buildings. BIS standards Module-1 Free hand sketching: Screw thread forms and conventional representations. foundation bolts. 2.A (MPU) Machine Drawing 0-0-2 Credits : 5 Conversion of pictorial views into Orthographic views – Sectional views. References: 1. lock nuts.Vincent Paul.08. Machine Drawing 2.D. Module II Estimating: Principles of estimation. It contains 3 sub divisions and any 2 has to be answered. butt joints (chain and zigzag with multiple rows.. Part B (50 marks) The question paper shall contain 2 questions from each module and one has to be answered from each. University examination duration – 4 hours Part A and Part B are to be answered in separate answer books Part A (50 marks) The question paper shall contain 2 questions. Pipe joints: Sectional drawings of Cast Iron Flanged joint. preparation of drawing of buildings such as office building. Bushed Pin flexible coupling.N. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering.Varghese. Module-2 Dimensioned drawing: Hexagonal and square headed bolt with nut. residential building (RCC and tiled roof. single strap and double strap).S. factory building with steel trusses for small scale industries. P. 3. The second question is from Module 2. 306 ENGINEERING DRAWING L-T-D: 1-0-4 PART .R. Plummer block. Riveted Joints – Lap (chain and zigzag with multiple rows). P. Hydraulic joint and Union Joint. 3. Dutta B. Pipe joint-socket and spigot. Parkinson. Machine Drawing. Conventions-Dimensioning techniques. Machine Drawing 4. single storied and two storied). Chakrabarti M. Machine Drawing PART – B Civil Engg. References: 1. Drawing & Estimation Module I Drawing : Principles of building drawing. Bhatt. Dimensioned drawing which is a compulsory question and carries 30 marks.Gill. Balagopal.Prabhu. different types of keys. Sectional drawings of Socket and spigot joint. (2x10=20 marks).S. Module I carries 30 marks and module II carries 20 marks. Single plate clutch and Cone friction clutch. Rigid flange couplings. N.

4. 6. gauges and valves . Determination of Moment of Inertia of Rotating Bodies 10. Duration: 3 hrs. Study of Turbines. Chain Surveying and Levelling ( 4hrs only. stop valve. flow measuring equipments-water meters-venturi meter-orifice meter-current meter. 08. 5. vacuum gauge. Determination of Darcy’s coefficients.centrifugal – reciprocating.L-T-D: 0-0-2 08. Shear test on MS Rod 3. Determination of coefficient and discharge of an orifice by the time of emptying method and Constant head method.impact and reaction types. venturi meters and orifice meters. Izod and Charpy Impact tests 6. 3. Study of meters. Torsion test on MS Rod 4.) Scheme of Examination:Exam. Hydraulic coefficient of a circular orifice.308 FLUID MECHANICS LAB L-T-D: 0-0-2 Credits : 2 1.307 CIVIL ENGINEERING LAB (MPU) Credits : 2 Experiments 1. High carbon steel and Cast Iron specimens 2. Bending test on Wood 9. Hardness test (Brinell Hardness & Rockwell Hardness) 7. gate valve and foot valve. but viva shall be asked. 7. 2. Determination of metacentric height and Centre of pressure of floating bodies. Aluminium and Brass wire 5. Study of pumps. Performance test on Impulse and Reaction turbines 42 . Test on Mild Steel. manometers. Torsion test using Torsion Pendulum on MS.pressure gauge. No examination for chain surveying and levelling. Spring test (Open and closed coiled ) 8. Performance test on Rotodynamic and Positive displacement pumps 8. Coefficient of discharge and calibration of Notches.

Higher Engineering Mathematics. B. Thomson Pub. 5. 4. Introductory methods of numerical analysis.Newton.S Grewal. Erwin Kreizig. Part A ( 40 marks) Ten compulsory questions of 4 marks each. 7. B.V Ramana. w=sin z . 3-1-0 (CMPUNERFHB) Module I Credits 4 Complex Differentiation: Limits .08.Bilinear transformation Module II Complex Integration:Line integral. Newtons forward and backward interpolation formula. Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rule. Greenberg.Numerical solutionof ODE Taylor series method. w=z+1/ z .Ramachandran. 3. Lagranges interpolation formula. f (x ) dx with no poles of f (z ) 0 on the real axis (proof of theorems not required) Module III Numerical Techniques:Errors in numerical computation-solution of algebraic and transcendental equations by bisection method. C T. Weiley Eastern. Pearson.Sastry. Milne Thomson method Conformal mapping:The Transformations w=1/ z . Peter v.Numerical integration.S. Eulers method. Analytic functions-Cauchy Reimann equations in Cartesian form (proof of necessary part only) properties of analytic functions-harmonic functions. Khanna Publishers.Cauchy’s integral theorem-Cauchy’s integral formula. regula false method. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.w=cos z . Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Examination Duration: 3 hours Note: The question paper shall consists of two parts. S.401 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS III L-T-P/D.Raphson method.Each question carries 20 marks.) References: 1. Higher Engineering Mathematics.Veerarajan and T. Solution linear systems by Gauss elimination and Gauss-Seidal method. Power series-radius of convergence-Taylors and Laurents series-zeros and singularities – Residues and residue theorem. 2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Tata Mc Graw hill. Numerical Methods with programming. Part B ( 60 marks) Student must answer one out of two from each module .continuity and differentiation of complex functions. O’neil.Runge Kutta methods(derivation of formulae not required for the above methods. w=z2 . −∞ 43 . 6. cosθ ) dθ . Evaluation of real definite integrals2 ∞ f (sin θ .

Inverse interpolation.Algorithm and flow chart. while. Gerald and P. Learning C++. Input/output stream libray . TataMcgraw Hill.ifstream. string. sizeof. Identifiers. recursion. class flies. C++ Primer. Operators – assignment. (3x 20 = 60 ). Part – A shall contain 10 compulsory short answer type questions of 4 marks each.F. arithmetic. 5. Basics of procedure oriented and object oriented programming. Student has to answer three full questions selecting one each from module. for loop. Escape sequences. class objects. Each question carries 20 marks. member function. Part – B shall contain 2 questions from each module. A Hands on Approach. member access. Numerical problems and preparation of computer programs for the above methods References : 1. Control statements -if. initialization. 6. 3-1-0 (MNPU) Credits 4 Module – I Introduction to Computer programming concept . Aitken. Operator overloading. predefined classes. fstream.08. Object Oriented Programming in C++ . Balaguruswamy. real. 3. boolean. Module-III Errors and approximations – floating point arithmetic – sources of errors – control of errors – propagation of errors – condition and stability – Rate of convergence. private & public member function. The question paper shall contain two parts (Part A and Part B). Balaguruswamy. pointers. Nagler. 2. Introduction to C++: Structure of C++ program. enumeration. Curve fitting – method of least squares – non-linear relationships – Correlation and Regression – Linear correlation – measures of correlation – Standard error of estimate – coefficient of correlation. Numerical Methods. Data types – integer. character. Key words. Prentice Hall. friend declaration. Object oriented Programming with ANSI & Turbo C++. Nabajyothi barkakati. function over loading.definition. 44 . Object Oriented Programming with C++. Pearson Education. Hermite and Spline techniques. Simple problems using the above features. break and continue statements. Functions.O. Arrays – one dimensional & two dimensional. Applied Numerical Analysis . Stability and convergence of solution. Jaico publications. Lagrange. Stanley B. Statements – simple & compound.base class and derived class. Interpolation – Newton’s Divided difference. ofstream .Wheatley. logical. 4. increment & decrement. declaration statements. Solution of Partial differential equations – classification – Laplace equation – Finite difference methods – relaxation methods. Kamthane. dowhile. Functions with default arguments. comma and bitwise operators. conditional. Pearson Education. switch. relational. Input and output streams. Lippman and Josee Lajoie. E. if-else. 7. data members. Constant and Variables.402 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING & NUMERICAL METHODS L-T-P/D. Ashok M. constructor and destructor. Module –II Introduction to Class and Object.inline functions. Pearson Education. covering the entire syllabus ( 10 x 4 = 40 ). array and pointer. Simple programs using above features. TataMcgraw Hill. Inheritance. C.

Cynading. Dislocation.Induction hardening. Fatigue crack growth. Factors leading to crack formation. 403 METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE L-T-P/D : 3-1-0 (MP) Module I Credits : 4 Classification of engineering materials-selection of materials with reference to properties.Agrawal.W. Elements of Materials Science. Dielectric properties. Frank-Read source. Hume Rothery’s rule. co-ordination number. L. 9. Nitriding. service and economic considerations. Impact test.. Fick’s Laws. Solid solutions. Introduction to Ceramics. 4.K.K. Physical Mechanical. imperfections in crystals. 7. 6. Dieter. Plasma spraying.Rajput. Smart materials. Tata McGraw Hill. Factors affecting plastic deformation.Callister. Peritectic and peritectoid reactions. Energy balance approach. Indroduction to Material Science.Van Wlanck. CVD. Precipitation hardening. Serope Kalpakjain et al. Slip. D-Gun spraying. Griffith’s crack theory.08. Manufacuring Engg and Technology.Sharma. References : 1. Recovery. types of unit cells.K. Wulff-Series. Gibb’phase rule. Metallic bonds. C. Iron-Carbon Equilibrium diagram.IV. composition and uses of Copper. Surface treatments. Eutectoid. Critical shear stress.Dogra & A. 3. Brittle fracture. Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks). Y. John Wiley. allotropy and polymorphism. Nano materials. Thermal. Aluminum. Electrical. Significance of fracture mechanics. deformation temperature. Super conductivity and Super plasticity of materials. Hardenability tests. 2. Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice. Miller indices. Case Hardening. Recrystalisation and Grain Growth. Nuclear. Properties. 5. Advanced Material Science.K.S. Material Science Vol-I. Strain hardening. Properties. Theory of alloys. B. 10. Creep mechanism. Mechanical Metallurgy. Effects of various alloying elements. composition and uses of various types of Cast Iron and Steels .Kataria &Sons.III. Material Science and Engineering. Ductile-brittle transition in steels.II. Module III Testing of materials-Tensile and Compression test. Module II Diffusion mechanism. Engg Physical Metallurgy. Heat treatment processes. PVD. Equilibrium diagrams-Construction and uses-Equilibrium diagram of binary alloys: Eutectic. R. Thermal spraying. Engineering Material Science. Composites. 8. Twinning. Isothermal TTT diagrams. Fatigue mechanism. Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts. Magnetic. crystal structure. Elastic and Plastic deformation of metals. De-lamination theory. Introduction of Engineering materials. Carburising.K. William D.Effect of various alloying elements.W. Titanium and its alloys. atomic packing factor.Lakhtin.Richards. Ductile fracture. Critical cooling rate. one out of two from each module) 45 . R. space lattice.

pattern materials. Poulukhin Processes and Materials of Manufacture. characteristic forged products. 5. forging hammer and forging press. 404 L-T-P/D : 2-1-0 PRODUCTION PROCESS –I Credits : 3 Module-I General introduction to classification of production process: Foundry: Pattern making. 4. solidification rate and time. Campbell Production technology. one out of two from each module) 46 . Pearson Education Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. Defects in rolling special products like tube. Chvorinov’s rule.N.Rao. Module II Special casting process: Permanent mould casting. Sand testing methods. forging process. Rolling mills and their classification. Press working. Casting defects: causes and remedies. properties and ingredients of core sand. Pearson Education. centrifugal casting. Electromagnetic forming Module III Forging: Classification of forging. ingredients and the properties of moulding sand. Principles of manufacturing materials and process. shell moulding. P. Lindberg. ASM metal Hand Book Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts. pattern allowances. upset forging. Gating and risering: functions of gating and risering system. forging defects. Processes and applications of metal spinning and stretch forming processes. sand conditioning and reclamation. Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks). 3. Reference: 1. drop forging. Hydro forming. Sand moulding procedure. size and location. die casting alloys. 7. die casting. gating system. Core making: types. gating ratio. Manufacturing Technology – Foundry. pattern design. methods and applications. wires and tubes. CO2 process. Riser design. Roy A. press forging. Semi-finished and finished roll products. Forming and Welding. Roll passes. drawing and squeezing application. Jain and Gupta Foundry technology. Extrusion: process. types of pattern. Tata McGrawHill. types of sand moulding and moulding sand. riser shake. 6. 8. Solidification of castings: mechanism of dentritic growth. bending. 2. Drawing of rods. Expandable pattern casting (lost form). smith forging. process involving shearing. Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice. Precision investment casting. Lal Metal Process engineering.08. Forging dies. HERF –Explosive forming. design of sprue. wheel and tyre. Serope Kalpakjian and Steven R Schmid. Rolling: Principles of metal rolling.

Pearson education Note: Question paper shall consist of 2 parts. operations.main parts and functions. types of milling cutters. tool and cutter grinders. Processes and material manufacture 5. boring machines. one out of two from each module) 47 . work and tool holding devices. examples of work done. Copying.08 . A. Jain -Roy A Lindburg. reaming.II Shaping. 405 L-T-P/D : 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOLS – I Credits : 4 Module. compound and differential.types and specifications. Milling of spur and helical gears.coolants used-Factors governing wheel selectionblocking and dressing. 2 2. milling operations. J.Cutting speed and feeds.I Introduction to metal removal process – types of machine tools. main parts and functions. Part B – 60 Marks (50 % choice. drives adopted and tools used.main parts and functions. deep hole drilling. Module. Pearson Education. speed and feed for turning. Work shop Technology Part 3 6. lathe operations and cutting tools used. Lathes: Engine Lathes – specification-general study of main parts and tool and work holding devices. Champonen . main parts and functions. planning.III Milling machines. Thread grinding. applications and essential difference from engine lathe. Production Technology 3. K. Machine Tools Vol. profile grinding. Drilling machinestypes and specifications. Boring machines. indexing-simple. work and tool holding devices. turning time calculations.their working principles. Automatic and semi-automatic lathes . Production Technology 4. Turret. Types of lathes .Capstan. centreless grinding and surface grinding operations. and slotting machines . Part A – Compulsory short answer questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10x4=40 marks). drilling tool nomenclature. main parts and functions. -W. operations.Richard R Kibbe.specifications. Reference : 1. Honing and lapping. Module. Grinding machines. Machine Tool Practices -Hajre Chaudhery -HMT -R. cylindrical grinding. plain. Cutting action of grinding wheels. operations.

P.Fits and Tolerances. Note: The question paper shall contain 2 questions. ND Junnarkar. Machine Drawing. Valve . The second question is from Module-2 carries 80 marks and is a compulsory question. P. Machine Drawing. Bench vice and Machine vice. Parkinson 5. form tolerance and position tolerance.Stop valve for boilers. Machine Drawing. Plummer block and foot step bearing. Machine Drawing. Machine Drawing .406 L-T-P/D : 0-0-4 PRODUCTION DRAWING Credits : 4 Module-1 Information to be furnished in drawings.S.Shaft bearing and supports – Pedestal bearings. Ramsbottom safety valve and lever safety valve.08. Machine parts . surface treatment. Bhatt 2. Geometric tolerance and its indications on drawing. screw jack.Gill 4. Pearson Education 48 . indication of production method. Reference 1.Varghese 3.Lathe tail stock. Surface texture. Engine parts – Piston and Connecting Rod. IS specifications. Tool head for shaping machine. tool post. I.indication of surface roughness. Module-2 Assembly and working drawing (Part drawing).C. spindle. N.D. The first question is from Module-1 and shall contain 3 sub divisions out of which 2 to be answered (2x10=20marks).I.

Morse test on petrol engine. Flue gas analysis method iii. Study of I.C engines :a) Diesel engines . Drilling machines: . Heat exchanger method ii. Repairing of I C engines – tools and accessories used for it 4. 08. Volumetric efficiency method c) Valve timing diagram d) Economic speed test e) Best cooling water Temperature test f) Retardation test g) Volumetric efficiency and Air-fuel ratio test 8. Determination of calorific value of solid. Lathe: Study of tools and accessories. liquid and gaseous fuels using Bomb calorimeter and Gas Calorimeter 7. exercise on drilling machines.P and B. 407 ME LAB Credits : 3 1. exercise on plane and taper turning. Determination of viscosity of lubricating oil using Redwood Viscometer 6. exercise on shaping flat surfaces and V-groove 3. Experiment on I C Engines a) Load test to obtain performance curves based on B.Study of tools and accessories.P b) Heat Balance test i. Study of pollution testing equipment and flue gas analyser 3.L-T-D: 0-0-3 08.all systems and parts b) Petrol engines .M. Shaping Machines: Study of tools and accessories. Determination of flash and fire points of petroleum products 5.E. groove (ball and cup) and thread cutting. 49 . 2. 408 L-T-P/D : 0-0-3 MACHINE TOOLS LAB Credits : 3 1.all systems and parts 2.

2.Formation of LPP . Solberg.Solution by simplex method .Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation . Philips.Linear correlation and regression .Binomial.Mean and Variance Simple problems.Hypothesis concerning a mean.Properties of normal distribution . Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.Principle of least squares . Probability and statistics for engineers.Interval estimation of population mean and proportions ( small and large samples) . TMH Richard A. exponential and normal distributions Module II Curve fitting . Wiley University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Linear Programming. Poisson.Normal distribution . Module III Linear programming . 3.Slack and surplus variables . Veerarajan.08. uniform and exponential distributions .Hypothesis concerning one proportion.Solution of LPP basic solution . 50 . Probability and Random Processes.Degenerate and non-degenerate solutions Optimal solution . Johnson.Testing of Hypothesis .Artificial variables . Pearson G.Sampling distributions . Addison Wesley Ravindran.501 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENGINEERING MATHS IV (CMPU) Credits : 4 Module I Discrete and continuous random variables and their probability distributions Probability distribution (density) functions . 4.Standard form . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).Estimation . .graphical solution . uniform.Mean and Variance of the above distributions .Fitting a straight line . Hadly.Standard error . Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Part A and Part B. difference of two proportions.Distribution functions .Properties of primal and dual optimal solutions solution using duality Reference 1.Computing probabilities using Binomial. Operations Research.Big-M method Canonical form of LPP .Duality in LPP . One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Equality of means . Poisson. II and III. T.Fitting a parabola .Basic feasible solution .General linear programming problem .

V curvessynchronous condenser.L. Module-II Transformers – principles of operations – emf equation.methods of starting – direct online – auto transformer – star delta and rotor resistance starting Module-III Single phase motors.08.simple numerical problems. II and III.universal motor Synchronous machines. Equivalent circuits.maximum efficiency – allday efficiency – simple numerical problems.vector diagrams.efficiency calculations. compound generators. Principles of operation of synchronous motors. A text book of electrical technology-.stepper motor. Three phase induction motors. Principles of dc motors-torque and speed equations-torque speed characteristics. 51 .no load and blocked rotor tests. Principles of starting.K. General idea of armature reaction. Applications of dc shunt series and compound motors. losses and efficiency – load test. Circle diagrams.principle of operation of single phase induction motor – split phase motor – capacitor start motor.types – emf equation of alternator – regulation of alternator by emf method.simple numerical problems. Metha Fundamentals of electric machines – Guptha .B. occ and load characteristics. 3. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.methods of starting. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).Theraja Art and utilization of electric energy – Partab Principles of electrical and electronics – V.Theraja. 4. 2. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.slip ring and squirrel cage types. Auto transformers constant voltage transformer.torque slip characteristics. A.instrument transformers.R & Vandana Singal University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. shunt and series excited DC generators.502 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY (MPU) Credits : 4 Module-I DC Machines-principle of operation-emf equation-types of excitations. Separately excited. References: 1. Electric traction – systems of power supply – functional schematic of ac electric locomotivestypes of motors used in traction systems.losses and efficiency – OC and SC tests. Part A and Part B. Methods of speed control – methods of braking.variations of speed. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). torque and power with motor current.B.K.principles of operation – rotating magnetic field.

08. P.calculation of minimum number of teeth. Kinematics of Machines. Rachet and pawl mechanisms. Straight line mechanisms – Watt mechanism – Peaucellier mechanism – Harts mechanism. Introduction to graphical and vector approaches. Shigley and Uicker. Steering mechanisms – Quick return mechanisms – Intermittent motion mechanisms – Geneva mechanism. number and dimensional synthesis – function generation – chebyshev spacing – Three position synthesis – graphical methods – Analytical methods. Pearson Education 8.503 THEORY OF MACHINES (MP) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module – I Introduction: Terminology – definitions and assumptions. Aronhold & Kennedy’s theorem – locating instantaneous centers (upto 6 link mechanisms) – Velocity analysis using instantaneous method – Centrodes velocity analysis – analytical method. Description of Tangent cam and circular arc cams (No problems).V belt drive-Rope drive – Power tramsmitted Friction Clutches: Plate clutches – Conical clutches –power tramsmitted Brakes and Dynamometers: Types of brakes: Analysis of shoe .. Myzka. Degrees of freedom – Kutzbach criterion – Grashof’s Law – Kinematic inversions – Concepts of mechanical advantage.. Narosa 7. band and block brakes-internal expanding shoe brakes. (Slider crank mechasim only) Module – II Velocity and acceleration analysis of mechanisms: Relative velocity method -Relative acceleration method –Graphical method . Torque in epicyclic gear trains. reverted and epicyclic.S. S.Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 6.graphical layout of cam profiles. Rattan. Velocity analysis of mechanisms: Velocity analysis – Instantaneous center of velocity. References 1..effect of friction in gears. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms. Coupler curve. path of contact.McGraw Hill 2.Velocity and acceleration diagrams – Vector methods . band . Gear trains: Types of gear trains-compound. Ramamoorthi.interference and under cutting. flat faced or roller followers-. Transmission angle. Mechanism and Machine theory.L. V. arc of contact.Freudensteins equations. Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 3rd ed. Dynamometers.standard follower motions– Disc cam with reciprocating or pivoted type knife edge.Description of Absorption and Transmission type dynamometers Module – III Gears: Types of gears –Terminology. THM of gearing – gear tooth profiles. Mechanics of Machinery. Cams: Classification of cams and followers-Terminology . Ballaney. Theory of machines. Synthesis: Introduction to kinematic synthesis – types. Charles E Wilson and J Peter Sadler . Pearson Education 52 . Amithabha Ghosh and Malik . contact ratio.initial tensions.Wiley Eastern 3. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 4. Rao and Dukkipatti.Coriolis component of acceleration Klien’s Construction Belt – Rope –Chain Drives: Introduction – Open and ccross belt drive – length of belt – ratio of belt tensions – centrifugal tensions.

Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. 53 . Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). II and III. Part A and Part B.

memory organization. John Wiley and sons 5.Principle and applications. Transfer function-electrical system. Stability analysis in frequency domain using Bode plot. delay time. Converters-Single phase half wave and Bridge converters.principle of operations of APD. Micro controllers – Intel 8051 – Architecture. Second order systems .. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). The 8051 Microcontroller 3rd Edn. PHI 4. Muhammad H Rashid. peak time.08.TRIAC. Transducers – LED. application and Design. Converters. time domain specifications-rise time. Harish C. special function registers.504 INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS (MP) L-T-D: 2-1-0 Credits : 3 Module I Thyristors-Working and characteristics of SCR. Ayala.Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Power Electronics. Application of 8051 microcontroller based temperature control system. Industrial and power electronics.response to step input. ADC .Resistance welding-sequence timer.Actuators. register banks. Dielectric heating and Induction heating . Kuo. DAC. Stability of a system-definition-stability analysis using Routh hurwitz criterion. References 1. Part A and Part B. peak overshoot and falling time. PI and PID controllers. PHI 2. 2nd Edn. Power Electronics. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) 54 ... Rai. 8 bit multiplication and 8 bit division. II and III. Frequency response -frequency domain specifications-bandwidth and resonant peak. interfacing with 7-segment LED display only). Applications for industrial measurement and control. Ned Mohan. Automatic cotrol system. PHI. Working and characteristics of UJT and IGBT. Module III Control systems: Open loop and closed loop control systems.Laser diode andThermistors . subtraction. Module II Data acquisition system-block diagram and explanation of each block. Photoelectric devices. Structure and working of power BJT. Instruction set of 8051 – Programming examples (addition. addressing modes. Benjamin C. 2nd Edn. New Delhi University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. 6th Edn. Photo transister and Photovoltaic cell. mechanical system. Principle of PD. Thomson India edition 3.

welding of plastics. Weldability of cast iron. welding electrodes-consumable & non –consumable. Types of joints & edge preparation in welding process. plasma arc welding. Residual stresses and stress relieving techniques.types . Microstructure of welded joints. disadvantages &application of arc welding. magnetic particle inspection. Welding Technology . joint design. projection. Welding symbols.Field of application of gas welding. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Part A and Part B.C.S. thermit welding. Welding Technology and Design . Joint design.ultrasonic dye penetrant. percussion and flash welding. filler materials & fluxes. Tata McGraw-Hill 2. ultrasonic welding. Ltd.L. New age International Pub. welding equipment. Defects in welding – their causes and remedies.V. Heat affected zone. gas cutting .505 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PRODUCTION PROCESS II Credits : 4 Module I Classification and general consideration of metal joining techniques-Pressure Welding Process. Principle of operation.Rossi 4. welding of dissimilar metals. X ray testing advantages.Partner R. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Reference: 1. under water welding.O. metal arc welding. Welding Engineering . laser beam welding. Welding Technology . & D. welding technique. diffusion welding. rare and coated. Welding Engineering Handbook . II and III. Soldering & brazing: Methods & applications. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.Radhakrishnan. electrode coding. safety precautions in gas welding . Resistance welding processes-their principle. TIG & MIG welding. Types of welding flames. submerged arc welding. A. hardness and ductility. Non destructive testing of weldments .C.Khanna 5. seam. Testing of welded joints: Destructive testing of weldments – Strength. Atomic Hydrogen welding. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Module III Electro slag welding. Oxy-Acetylene welding. electron beam welding.P. Cold welding & electrical resistance. plain steels and aluminum. Module II Electric arc welding: Principle of arc welding. welding equipments. Gas welding: Principles of gas welding Oxy – Acetylene welding. Welding Process and Technology . Thermal effects of welding on welded joints. Khanna Publishers 6. Straight & reverse polarity Principle. equipment.ASME 3.Little R. 55 .08. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.

MIG welding. Load test on single phase transformer 7.507 L-T-D: 0-0-3 PRODUCTION PROCESS LAB Credits : 3 Welding : Preparation of joints. Inspection of castings.Metal arc welding. additional resistance required in the field circuit. Half wave and full wave rectifiers with and with out filters.Grain size sieve analysis. Load test on DC shunt motor 6. Load characteristics of DC compound generator 4. Exercises in making moulds using single piece.508 L-T-D: 0-0-3 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS LAB (MPU) Credits : 3 1. Exercises on testing of weld joints – destructive and non–destructive. critical speed.determination of critical resistance. 3.506 ELECTIVE I Refer Elective Section 08. 08. Determination of . Hardness test. Input and output characteristics of CE and CB configurations of BJTs.08. OCC on a DC shunt generator.observe the waveforms on CRO 56 . (Tensile. Drain and transfer characteristics of JFET 12. Starting of three phase squirrel cage induction motor by star delta switch. Shear and Compressive strength). split piece and three piece patterns. Exercises on different types of welding . Melting & pouring practice. Foundry & Casting: Testing of foundry sand and sand mould. V-I characteristics of diodes and zener diode 10. Load characteristics of a dc shunt generator. Green and Dry strength. load test on three phase squirrel cage induction motor 8. Static V-I characteristics of SCR 13. Bending. 2. Load test on three phase slip ring induction motor 9. input resistance and output resistance 11. Load test on DC series motor 5. TIG welding. Gas welding and Resistance welding. Permeability and Moisture content.

Basic standards of length. Snap gauges. K. Electrical and Electronic comparators.R. Angle gauges. CID cameras. Gupta.Allowance.Mechanical. Optical. C.I.Microscope.Systems of limits and fits.Strain measurements by using resistance strain gauges and Mechanical strain gauges-types. Gupta 5.Classification. application.Simple problems. Surface roughness measuring instruments – Different types. sensitivity. Interchangeability & selective assembly. Considerations. Engineering metrology – R.Line standard and End standards – slip gauges. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Optical Measuring Instruments:.08. Module III Transducers:. Basic concept in static and dynamic measurements: Analysis of Experimental errors Gaussian and normal error Distribution. Limits and Fits:. taper.Static and Dynamic characteristics of Transducers and Dynamometers. Jain 4. Taylor’s principles. optical dividing head. Tolerance.Deviation as per BIS (simple problems). A text book of engineering of metrology. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). ring. sine bar.601 L-T-D: 3-1-0 METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION (MP) Credits : 4 Module-I General Principles of Measurement: Introduction Concept of Precision. K. Tool makers. Measurement system (Application and Design) – Ernest O Doebelin. C. Hand book of Industrial Metrology – ASME University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Reference : 1.Strain Measurement: Types of strain gauges. Measurement of major elements of Screw threads and Gears. Engineering precision metrology – R. accuracy. II and III.Surface Texture – Evaluation of surface roughness. Mechanical and Industrial measurements.methods of Least Squares.gauges materials. Concepts of machine Vision system – CCD. Stress. spirit levels. Part A and Part B. 2. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Classification of Limit gauge.Gauges tolerance and wear allowance.Simple problems.Principle of Interferometry – Optical flat – Interferometers – angle dekkor Autocollimators.Limit gauges design. Co-ordinate measuring machine. 6. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). position gauges etc – merits and demerits.plug. Angular measurements using bevel protractors. Pneumatic. Gap. calibration. clino-meters. Module II Comparator:. Surface Finish. Jain 3. 57 .

Mechanics of Machinery.Dunkerley’s method – Whirling of shafts – critical speed.four force members. Proell and Hartnell governors – Sensitiveness – Hunting – Isocronism – Stability – Effort and power of governor – Controlling force. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). S S Rattan. V. Narosa 6. Charles E Wilson and J Peter Sadler . Free torsional vibrations – Single rotor . Ballaney P. Shigley and Uicker. different methods of analysis.Balancing of revolving masses in different planes – Balancing of reciprocating mass – single cylinder engine – multi cylinder engine – V engines . Ramamoorthi..Undamped force vibrations. Mechanisms and Machine theory 8. -Analysis of mechanisms.logarithmic decrement. -Analysis with sliding and pin friction.Method of virtual workPrincipal of super position Dynamic force analysis: Inertia force and inertia torque. -Punching press – Dimensions of the fly wheel rim – Size of fly wheel.. Elementary Mechanical Vibration & Noise Control..08. Part A and Part B. Equivalent dynamical systems.602 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY (MP) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module – I Force analysis: Static force analysis: Graphical and vector method.Porter. beam. Analysis of mechanisms without considering friction. -analysis of gyroscopic action on vehicles-two wheelers. Gyroscopes: Principle. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms 9. II and III. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Theory of Machines 5. Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 3rd ed. Balancing: Static and Dynamic balancing . Amithabha Ghosh and Malik. Torsional vibrations. Holowenko. Module III Vibration Analysis Types of vibrations – Basic elements of a vibrating system . 58 . Transverse vibration – string.geared systems. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms.vibration isolation and transmissibility. Lasithan University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.Free vibrations with viscous damping. Shaking forces and moments.vibrometers – accelerometers. McGrawhill 3.TMH 7.Free body diagrams-Conditions for equilibrium.Balancing machines. . Module II Governors: Types of governors – Watt . References 1. Stability of an automobile – stability of a two wheel vehicle – Stabilization of ship.. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.three rotor systems – Torsionally equivalent shaft . Dynamics of Machinery. Flywheel analysis: Fly wheel.Force due to support motion – Vibration measuring instruments . . Pearson Education 4. John Wiley wheel in different applications like IC engines.Two rotor. -forced vibrations. Rao and Dukkipati. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. air planes and ships.Turning moment diagrams. Natural frequency .Force due to unbalance . D’Alemberts principle.L. four wheelers.. Theory of Machines.two and three force members.

parametric and features. scaling. Virtual Reality: Introduction. LCD and plasma discharge displays. automated drafting. McGraw.08. Design process – Application of computers in Design.Adams. CAD/CAM. Jr. Features of Soild Modeling Packages . concatenation of transformations.Radhakrishnan and S. Design for Manufacture. 3D modeling: types of models. New Age Int. Module II Computer graphics. J. 8. “Computational fluid dynamics: An introduction for engineers. Isoparametric formulation. 1998 7. Interactive display devices. Computational Fluid Dynamics: The Basics with Applications. McGraw-Hill Book Company. B. R.. New York. Essex. Virtual Reality Technology. D. Design workstation. P. Rogers and J.Subramanyan. engineering analysis.D.Preprocessing phasediscretisation-types of elements selection of interpolation functions..wire frame. Ltd 6. Part A and Part B. User interaction devices. 2D and 3D Transformations– translation. Computer Graphics.603 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN (MPU) L-T-D: 2-1-0 Credits : 3 Module I Computer Aided Design – Definition. Thirupathi R Chandrupatla and Ashok D. directed beam refresh. Design Database. A First course in Finite Element Method. CST element. arcs . Pearson Education. New Delhi.CRT. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Grigore Burdea. Hardware in CADcomponents. England: Longman Scientific & Technical.” Harlow.. Necessity for CAD. 59 . "CAD . Anderson. Computer graphics software. Windowing and ClippingCohen Sutherland line clipping algorithm.Transformation of coordinates. and Basco. John Wiley and son 5. Module III Introduction to finite element analysis-steps involved in FEM. Inc. interfaces to drafting. M. Ibrahim Zeid. mirroring. Simple problems with Axial element beam element. " CAD / CAM / CIM ". New York. Philippe Coiffet. Data Exchange Formats. Solution of 1D and 2D structural and solid mechanics problems . Hidden surface removal algorithms – z-buffer algorithm. II and III. Applications of Virtual Reality in product design. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering. Graphic standards. Belagundu. " Mathematical Elements in Computer Graphics ". Sadhu Singh. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Benefits of CAD. Khanna Publishers. New York 3. Data communications. Thomson Learning 10. CSG and BREP Techniques. lines.A.linear static analysis.CAM Theory and Practice". 9. References: 1.assembly of global equations-solution procedure. Hearn and Baker.formulation of load vector. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Hardware and software for Virtual Reality environment. design review and evaluation.Bresenhams algorithm. design Analysis. rotation. Prentice Hall 2. post processing phase. Prentice Hall 4. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40).. " Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing ". Mikell P Groover. Daryl Logan. Abbott. DVST and raster scan displays. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing 6. functions of CG packages.Formulation of stiffness matrix . Methods of defining points.Hill.geometric modeling. University Examination: The question paper shall contain two parts. surface and solid models.F. D.

hydraulic and combination systems . thermal and thermomechanical compacting processes. PAM.methods of manufacturing. Machine tool drives-electrical. Sintering mechanism. Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools McGraw Hill. fundamentals of hydraulic circuits. Finishing operations-lapping. USM. Powder Metallurgy 8. Part A and Part B. types and specifications. Upadhayay Sands and Shakespeare Geofrey Boothroyd University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Broaching: Broaching machines: push. Water jet cutting. Module II Unconventional methods of machining: principle of working . Manufacturing and application of important P/M components. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). pull. hydraulic circuits for feed and cutting motion. moulding. forming and cutting.principles of gear hobbing . Operations – keyway broaching. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. II Gopal S. Production Technology 5. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).Mechanical. CHM.604 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOLS II Credits : 4 Module I Broaching machine: Description.gear shaping . EBM.areas of applications and characteristics of the following operations.K Jain HMT ASM Vol. Materials for machine tool structures. effects and elimination of vibration in machine tools Module III Hydraulic circuits. ECM.type of pumps. Powder Metallurgy 9. Process Engineering 3. surface and continuous broaching machines. super finishing and burnishing –description. Gear generating. II and III. Powder compaction .08. external and internal spline broaching. and tools employed. honing. Machine tool rigidity. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Powder Metallurgy 7. AJM. Burghardt Carry and Johnson Raghguvanshi R. LBM. Production Technology 6. Machine tool operation 2. References: 1. EDM. 60 . surface broaching. broach construction. Hydraulic copying system. Powder metallurgy Manufacture of metal powders. valves etc. sources. Work shop Technology vol-II 4. . methods.and gear finishing. their merits and demerits. Gear manufacturing .advantages and disadvantages. mechanical.

Module II Design of . Goodman & Soderberg method –impact stress& strain energy. Part A and Part B.K Jain M. K. shaft couplings-design of rigid & flexible couplings. Shafts-torsion & bending of shafts. 61 . II and III. H. P. Gupta Abdulla Sherief R.pins. S. Machine Design 6. Machine Design 7.Mechanical Engg.cotters. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.spring materials – design of helical springs – effect of end turns – energy absorbed – deflection – design for fluctuating loads – vibration in springs – buckling of springs.605 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE THEORY AND DESIGN Credits : 4 Module I Definitions-design principles-common engineering materials and their properties-stresses in machine parts-Tension.hollow shafts.strength of welds -fillet welds. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Design of leaf springs.Machine Design 5.Design of shafts for strength & stiffness-Effects of -Keyways.08. Referances: 1. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).compression. Design 2.F Spotts.Propeller shafts.classification and uses of springs . keys. Design of Machine Elements Jooseph Edward Shigly. Welded joints.types of joints. Design of Bolted joints. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Khurmi & J. Module III Springs.eccentric loading. splines. Black Schaum’s Series R.shear-elastic constants-safe stress-factor of safetybending& Torsion –combined stress-theories of failure –stress concentration –variable stresses-endurance limit-fatigue Factor –Combined steady & variable stress-Gerber.Design of pipes and pipe joints. Design of threaded fasteners & power screws. Pressure vessels – air receivers – thin and thick cylinders – engine cylinder .stress concentration in welded joints. Machine Design 4.Machine Design 3. - University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.

b.08. Exercises on modeling and assembly. Angular measurements using Bevel protractors. Assembly and Finite Element Analysis software.. University exam pattern: Duration – 3 hrs. Cast iron and Brass. Thermal analysis. 5. 4. Creation of assembled views of riveted joints. cotter joints and shaft couplings. Creation of 3D solid models. Viva – 20 marks. microstructure study of Steels. Part B – 40 marks from Assembly and/or Analysis. Brass and Aluminum. Grain size measurement. 2. Flatness testing of surface plates using auto collimators. Heat treatment study –Effect on Mechanical properties and microstructure of Steels. 9.608 L-T-D: 0-0-3 METALLURGY AND METROLOGY LAB Credits : 3 1. angle gauges. The question paper shall consist of two parts. pneumatic and electronic comparators 8. Measurements using Universal Measuring Microscope 62 . 08. a. b. III. Exercise on comparators: mechanical.607 L-T-D: 0-0-3 CAD LAB (P) Credits: 3 I. Part A – 40 marks from modeling. Exercises on the application of Finite Element Method to engineering systems:a. 11. 3. height gauge and depth gauges. Microstructure study: Specimen preparation. Introduction to Solid modeling. Structural analysis. Cast iron. Linear measurements using Vernier calipers and external and internal Micrometers. Measurements using Profile projector. sine bar 6. II. Measurement of surface roughness using roughness measuring machines 10. Slip gauges 7.606 Refer Elective section ELECTIVE II 08.

Tata Mc Graw Hill Principles of Management .Decision making: statistical decision theory. 6. 3. 4.Dhanpat Rai Industrial engineering and management: O P Khanna Fundamentals of operation research: Hillier and Lieberman Business Organisation & Management . fixed group technology layout. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. 2. 5. Formation of companies.Objectives and function .701 L-T-D: 2-1-0 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT AND DECISION MODELLING (MPU) Credits : 3 Module I Evolution of Scientific management. product. PERT – probability of completion. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Module III Quantitative techniques in management. decision tree. Sales management.forecasting of demand-different methods (simple problems). Personal managementobjectives and function-recruitment.Authority.Principles and functions of scientific management. Mahajan .Tripathi & Reddy . Line and staff.factors to be considered – plant layout. Pearson Edn. selection.. Levels and skills of management.R. different types. Concept of pre modern. Marketing: Concepts.system concept of management – Line.08. References: 1. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Basu . process. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). 8. 63 .Tata McGraw Hill Engineering Management . Asia Introduction to management science: Bernaud W Taylor III. Dhanpat Rai (pub) Industrial Engineering & Production Management. project and matrix organization.Fraidoon Mazda – Pearson Edn. -Market segmentation-marketing mix-product life cycle.Proprietary Partnership and joint stock companies –private limited. transportation and assignment problems theory – CPM – crashing of networks. Organizational structure. II and III. responsibility and span of control . Game theory and its applications. Part A and Part B. 7.linear programming and its application in management. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). marketing environment. Module II Facilities planning:-Selection of site. public limited companies. computerized planning techniques. modern and post modern management. Queing theory: Single server models. M.Asia. cooperative organizations and Government organizations. orientation and training of workers – Industrial safety and health-Labour welfare –Industrial psychology –Labour legislation. Layout planning. Principles & Practice of Management-T N Chabra.

Mathematical models and basic building blocks of general mechanical. HMT. 4. Person Education Limited.. Bearings: anti-friction bearings. References 1.K. Michael B. brushless. capacitive and eddy current methods. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60) 64 . England 2006. Velocity and motion sensors. Adaptive control of machine tools. Mechatronics. servo and stepper motors. Inc. Range finders: ultrasonic and light based range finders. Ltd. Module III Mechatronics in Robotics-Electrical drives: DC. Systems. development of simple ladder diagrams. Applications. K.P. Micro Electro Mechanical Systems (MEMS): Fabrication methods . input/output processing. Gopalakrishnan. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. G. Tactile sensor. Part A and Part B. Bolton. Displacement and position sensors. Vinoy. Vijayaraghavan. 7. Niku. J. UK 1998. Person Education. Wiley India Pvt. Force and pressure sensors: piezoelectric sensor and strain gauge. Roller and ball screws. automobile engine management system. Measuring system for NC machines: direct and indirect measuring system.Machine structure: guide ways. Aldatore. Case studies of mechatronics systems: Pick and place robot. 5. hydraulic and mechanical actuation systems used for mechatronics devices. Pneumatic. fluid and thermal systems. 6. David G. New Delhi 2004. 2. Industrial Robotics. Mechatronics: Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering. USA 2003. W. Balasundaram.. thresholding and connectivity method. New Delhi 2008.S.. Vijay K. pressure sensor and gyroscope Module II Design of modern Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machines and mechatronics elements . Image processing techniques: histogram analysis. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems. vibration and acoustic emission sensors. AC. John Wiley & Sons Ltd. Proximity sensors: Magnetic. Gordon M. Smart Material Systems and MEMS: Design and Development Methodologies.. S. Varadan. 3..Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Introduction to Robotics: Analysis. Histand. Principle and types of force. electrical. New Delhi 2007. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). inductive. optical.702 MECHATRONICS (MPU) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Mechatronics – Sensors and transducers: characteristics. Robotic vision Image acquisition: Vidicom and charge coupled device (CCD) cameras. hydrostatic bearing and hydrodynamic bearing. Prentice Hall International. automatic car park barrier system. System modeling . II and III. drives. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd. M. New Delhi 2006. McGraw-Hill Inc. Mair. Harmonic drive. Resolvers and synchros. Saeed B. temperature. ultrasonic..Working and applications of MEMS based accelerometer. K.08. Ramachandran. Mechatronics: Integrated Mechanical Electronic Systems. Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) – Architecture.

benefits. physical configuration and applications of industrial robots. scanning laser beam. types. 2003. 6. Groover. manufacturing (CAM) and integration of CAD/CAM.703 COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module 1 Product development cycle-Application of computer for design (CAD). II and III. Bosch. Springer – Verlag. 2009. Process capability. John A. feasibility and strategies – Adaptive Control Constraint (ACC) and Optimization (ACO). 8. 3. DNC system – Definition. Computer Aided Inspection (CAI) and Testing (CAT) – Effects of implementing CAI and CAT. Module III Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS) – Components. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Rapid Prototyping (RP): Concept and methods – Stereolithography (SL). tool compensation. Mikell P. Groover. 3D printing. Integrating Advanced Computer-Aided Design. Industrial Robotics. Xun Xu. Solid Ground Curing (SGC). London. References: 1. FMS work stations. 2001. Groover. Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing. Prentice-Hall of India. Marcel Dekker. CAD/CAM. New Delhi. identification. USA 2009. Co-ordinate Measuring Machine (CMM) – Working and configurations of contact and non-contact CMMs. Coordinate Measuring machine and Systems.08.S. Industrial robot – Basic elements. types. structure of a process planning software. Resolution. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Manufacturing and Numerical Control: Principles and Implementations. accuracy and repeatability. Rapid Prototyping. Inc. CAD/CAM/CIM. 2001 2. 65 . CNC. T. D. classification and coding – OPITZ and MICLASS systems. 4. Mikell P. Andreas Gebhardt. basic components and principle of operation. Part A and Part B. preparatory and miscellaneous codes. Various activities in CIM -.. Module II Group Technology – Part family.concept. selective Laser Sintering (SLS). Pham..From product design to marketing. Introduction to CAM – Numerical Control (NC). Pearson Education.Absolute and incremental. Subramanian. Benefits of GT . New Age Int.. Information Science Reference. New York 1995. Fused Deposition Modelling (FDM). Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from modules I. Sequential and concurrent engineering – Concepts and features. photogrammetry. V. Features of CNC systems . P. Dimov. 7. New Delhi. Inc.Elements of Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) Systems – Product design to marketing. classification. Prentice-Hall of India. 5. Mikell P. S. Carl Hanser – Verlag. Rapid Manufacturing-The Technologies and Applications of Rapid Prototyping and Rapid Tooling. S. Non-contact optical methods for CAI – Machine vision. 2001. Accuracy and repeatability. Simple turning and drilling programs only. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). Raju.Computer Aided Process Planning (CAPP) – Retrieval and regenerative approaches. Automation. Adaptive control. Munich. interpolation and canned cycle. Radhakrishnan. 2005.

Mechanism of metal removal-Primary deformation on shear zone and Secondary deformation on rake face. Dynamometers. Shear plane theory. HSS. Module III Cutting tool materials-Desirable properties of tool materials-major tool materials.Sen and Bhattacharya 2.Wear mechanisms. embedded thermocouple.C 3. Heat in metal cutting-Zones of heat generation. types. Cutting fluids. 66 .Carbon steels.Trent 7. Production technology .Types and applications.Black P. Coated tools. classification of cutting tools. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). Module II Orthogonal and Oblique cutting.force measurements-Turning.C Sharma 9. Metal cutting .B. types of chip. and Diamond. BUE formation. II and III. Cemented carbide. parameters affecting tool thermo couple. Lee and Shaffer principle.various criteria for machinability index-Optimum cutting speed. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Theory of metal cutting . tool nomenclature. Tool wear and tool life. milling. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.H 5.ASA and ORS systems-inter relationship. geometry of single point and multi point cutting tools. Production engineering . Principle of metal cutting . tool failure.08. modified tool life equation. and drilling dynamometers. Effect of tool geometry in metal cutting.Shaw M.Friction in metal cutting-methods to reduce frictionchip breaker. Fundamentals of machining and machine tools . Experimental techniques for measuring tool temperatures.Chip formation. its importance.variables affecting the tool temperaturestool. and depth of cut in cutting-related simple problems. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).Merchants circle diagram-Influence of speed. Part A and Part B.Sekhon University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. CBN.Boothroyd 4.704 THEORY OF METAL CUTTING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to metal cutting and metal removal processes.Juneja. Machinability.M . Metal cutting principles . crater wear . Reference:1.Mechanics of orthogonal cutting-Forces of deformationshear angle.S.L. flank wear-Tool life criteria-Taylors tool life equation.ASTME 8. Tool manufacturing engineers hand book .G.Determination of shear angle and chip thickness ratio-Force relations.P.E. feed. Fundamentals of metal cutting& M/c tools .Stress distribution on rake face. Ceramics.their characteristics and applications.HMT 6.

Wear tooth load.Bhattacharya 3. Design of guide waysfunctions and types-design of slide ways-design criteria and calculations for slide waysdesign of anti-friction guide ways. Module: II Gears-Nomenclature-Lewis equation –Lewis form factor-velocity factor-working stress in gear teeth-dynamic load on gear teeth-design of spur gear.oil flow through bearings. bases &tables. bevel gear & worm gear-checking of dynamic tooth load.Journal bearings-hydro-dynamic lubrication. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.Sen & A.arms. Mechanical Engineering design Joseph Edward Shigly University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. II and III. helical gear. Ball & roller bearingstypes-static& dynamic load capacity-equivalent dynamic load-bearing life-selection of bearings.705 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOL DESIGN Credits : 4 Module: I General requirements of machine tool design – Design of spindles – functions and requirements – materials for spindles. Machine tool design N. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. cross rails. Design criteria-materials-static &dynamic stiffeners-profiles of machine tool structures-basic design procedure in machine tool structures –design of beds & columns.model techniques. Module: III Design of machine tool structure-functions of machine tool structure and their requirements. References: 1. Design of Bearings: . Standardization of speed &feedsstructure &ray diagrams for machine tool gear boxes-gear design & analysis.AGMA standards-design of shafts for AP .saddles & carriages. Principles of machine tools G. rams .petroff’s equation-Bearing characteristic number-Summerfield number-L/D ratioclearance ratio-minimum film thickness. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). 67 .K Mehta 2.C. Part A and Part B.08.GP & LP. endurance load. wear tooth load.

Measurement of Flat. Pocket milling 3. 5. 2. Study and exercise on Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM) a. Taper turning c. Manual part programming for CNC machines using standard G codes and M codes 2. 7. 68 . Study and exercise on CNC Lathe for a. NC code generation using CAM softwares. 4. Exercise on temperature measurement in metal cutting. Tool grinding –Exercise on Single point cutting tool grinding. Surface milling c. Form turning 4.706 Refer Elective section ELECTIVE III 08. Milling machine: Exercise on milling spur gear and helical gear. Profile milling b. Study and exercise on CNC Milling Machine for a. c) Milling tool dynamometer 5. Cylindrical and Spherical surfaces 6. Study and Programming on a Pick and Place robot.707 L-T-D: 0-0-2 PRODUCTION TOOLING LAB Credits : 2 1. Drilling and Reaming d. Plane turning b. Force measurement: Exercise on force measurement using a) Lathe tool dynamometer b) Drilling tool dynamometer. Study and exercise on Rapid prototyping (RP) Machine a. 3.708 L-T-D: 0-0-2 CIM LAB Credits : 2 1. Making of a simple component. 08. Grinding machines:-Exercise on grinding machines –surface grinding and cylindrical grinding. Thread cutting d.08.

and 75% credit for Seminar.709 L-T-D: 0-0-2 PROJECT AND SEMINAR (MPU) Credits : 2 The Students shall do a project work. which can be the preliminary work of final project. The students shall present a seminar on a topic which is of high relevance to Mechanical Engineering.08. and submit a report at the end of semester. 25% credit should be given for Project. 69 . A report on seminar also shall be submitted at the end of the semester.

Parulekar. Module II Energy Management – Definitions and significance – objectives – Characterising of energy usage – Energy Management program – Energy strategies and energy planning – Energy Audit – Types and Procedure – Optimum performance of existing facilities – Energy management control systems – Energy policy in India – Computer applications in Energy management Module III Energy conservation – Principles – Energy economics – Energy conservation technologies – cogeneration – Waste heat recovery – Combined cycle power generation – Heat Recouperators – Heat regenerators – Heat pipes – Heat pumps – Pinch Technology. Energy Efficiency for Engineers & Technologists. Energy Management Hand book by Wayne. Khanna Publishers.E.D.B. C. Energy plantation.C. Energy Conservation Opportunities (ECO) – Electrical ECOs – Thermodynamic ECOs in chemical process industry – ECOs in residential and commercial buildings – Energy Conservation Measures. Part A and Part B.M and Wlliam. 70 . Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Peak load and Energy displacement – Energy storage plants. 5. II and III. Handbook of Energy Audits by Albert Thumann. Energy Technology by S. Fuel cells and Magneto Hydrodynamics) – Energy storage and Distribution – Electrical energy route – Load curves – Energy conversion plants for Base load . References: 1. Energy from waste. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).J.T.D.Turner by Fairment Press Ltd.Rai. 4. Intermediate load.E. Nuclear fission ) and Non – conventional ( Biomass. Hydro. 2.08. C E.M by Fairmont Press Ltd.R. Croft by Longman Group Ltd.B. Khanna Publishers.Rao and Dr. University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts.Younger.Eastop and D. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. P. Non – conventional Energy Sources by G.801 L-T-D: 2-1-0 ENERGY MANAGEMENT (MPU) Credits : 3 Module I Energy conversion processes and devices – Energy conversion plants – Conventional ( Thermal. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). 3.

Destructive and non-destructive testing methods.Primary wage systems. Module II Methods engineering: Analysis of work methods using different types of process chart and flow diagrams. Plant layout and Material handling.merit incentive plan – Merit rating plans.Human factors in design. P.O. Introduction to work study . Six Sigma and Quality circles (Brief description only). selective inventory control techniques.Value Engineering.Trade union – Workers participation in management. Statistical Quality Control .System reliability. Industrial relations. batch and mass productionDetermination of economic lot size in batch production. Industrial Engineering & Production Management .Time rate and piece rate system of wage payment.down maintenance Replacement of equipments. Types of material handling equipments.Incentive plans.Simple problems.Methods of eliminating fatigue.Method of providing for depreciation.Martand Telsang – S. causes effects of industrial disputes.Design function – Objectives of design.Introduction to Flexible manufacturing systems. Module III Production planning and control.Grant and Ieven Worth 4.Determination of economic life . Industrial Engineering and Management .802 L-T-D: 2-1-0 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING (MPU) Credits : 3 Module I Introduction to Industrial Engineering – Evolution of modern Concepts in Industrial Engineering – Functions of Industrial Engineering – Field of application of Industrial Engineering Product Development and research. testing-Bath tub curve. Modern Production management . Selection and application. Industrial Engineering & Production Management . B.ILO 71 . .08. 7.Functions of production control – Routing .Ralph and Barien 3.fatigue.E. References: 1.Statistical quality control and control charts for X and R. Khanna 2.Importance of planning – job.Job evaluation and merit rating – Objectives and principles of job evaluation. Scheduling. Acceptance sampling and operation characteristic curves.Critical examination. 8.Non monitory incentives. production and testing – Selection of materials and processes. 5. Industrial Engineering . Time and Motion Study . Inventory models -Determination of EOQ and reorder level. (Simple problems without using SQC table).Collective bargaining. Manufacturing vs purchase. Buffa.principles of material handling. Inventory Control. Chand.Gantt charts. ISO. Wages and Incentives. dispatching and follow up.Dr.essentials of a good wage incentive plan.Micro motion study and therbligs. Kumar.Development of designsprototype.Economic aspects C-V-P analysis .process capability.Dhanpat Rai 6.SIMO chartPrinciples of motion economy – determination of allowances and standard time. Quality control and Inspection.Effect of Communication in Industry. TQM. Preventive and break.Psychological attitudes to work and working conditions . Job plan. Khanna pub. Introduction to concepts of Bench marking.M Mahajan .

72 . Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60).University Examination The question paper shall contain two parts. Part A and Part B. II and III. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I.

combination and progressive dies. stress distribution in rolling. Roll separation force and torque. Embossing and Coining.Elements of fixtures. round and irregular surface. Bending pressure-calculation of blank size and press tonnage for drawing. CAD for tooling: Turret press FMS-Computer applications (CAD / CAM) in short metal press work – Quick die change method – Single minute exchange of dies. Part B shall contain 2 questions of 20 marks each from module I. Fundamentals of Fixture Design – V. 8. bush specifications. Tool Design – Cole G. 3. types of locators. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4 = 40). compound.803 TOOL ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Jigs and fixtures – Necessity for jigs and fixtures . blanking and piercing tools. fixtures for CNC machines. II and III. Module III Tool for forging. References 1. Hoffman 7.Koraskove Mir. Tool Design – Cysil Donaldson TMH 2.08. Fixture for lathe operations. Fundamentals of tool design – ASTME & Edward G. Work holding devices for flat. broaching and welding fixtures. bending methods. Module II Press work tools. Design of drop forging dies. Forces acting on single point and multiple point cutting tools.Rolling. 73 . modular fixtures. Jig and Fixture Design Hand Book – William and Boyes 6. Die Design Hand Book – ASTME 4. Part A and Part B. load variation during blanking-Calculation of press tonnage for blanking and piercing. Types of dies. simple. Jigs and Fixtures – Calving-Hoose 5. Part A shall contain 10 compulsory questions of 4 marks each.Design of drill jigs. milling. locators.B. Metal Hand Book. clamping and guiding tooling –Design of single point tools – Plastic as a tooling materials – Fluidized bed fixturing. . design considerations. metal flow during drawing operations. Design of compound and progressive dies. One full question from each module has to be answered (3 x 20 = 60). strip rolling theory.ASM University Examination: The question paper shall contain two parts. swarf disposal methods. Bending and drawing dies: Bending allowances. Fine blanking.

L-T-D: 3-1-0

Credits : 4

Module I Definition of a product - Types of product- levels of product- New product developmentproduct-market mix-New product development ( NPD ) process- Idea generation methodsCreativity-Creative attitude, creative design process- Morphological analysis- analysis of interconnected decision areas, brain storming, synectics. Product life cycle- The challenges of product development- product analysis- product characteristics- economic considerationsproduction and marketing aspects. Characteristics of successful product development. Phases of a generic product development process – Customer need identification. Product development practices and industry-product strategies-time to market-analysis of the product-standardization-simplification and specialization. Module-II Product design- definition-Design by evolution- design by innovation-design by imitation factors affecting product design. Standards of performance and environmental factors. decision making and iteration - Morphology of design (different phases). -role of aesthetics in design. Introduction to optimization in design- economic factors in design-design for safety and reliability. Role of computers in design - modeling and simulation-the role of models in engineering design-mathematical modeling-similitude and scale models. Concurrent design Six sigma and design for six sigma. Introduction to optimization in design-economic factors and financial feasibility in design- Design for manufacturing, Rapid proto typing (RP) application of RP in product design. Product Development versus Design. Module-III Design of simple products dealing with various aspects of product development and design starting from need till the manufacture of the product. References: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Product Design and Development, Karl T.Ulrich and Steven D.Eppinger, Tata McGraw –Hill edition. Engineering Design –George E.Dietoer An Introduction to Engineering Design methods Vijay Gupta Merie Crawford : New Product management, McGraw-Hill Irwin Chitale A K and Gupta R C, “Product Design and Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India, 2005. Kevin Otto and Kristin wood, Product Design, Tehniques in Reverse Engineering and New Product Development, Pearson education

University Examination There will be 3 questions of 15 marks from modules I & II .Students have to answer any 2 from each module. From module III, answer 2 out of the 3 questions given which carries 20 marks each.


Refer Elective Section



Refer Elective Section

L-T-D: 0-0-2

Credits : 2

The Student shall present a Seminar based on industrial visits under taken from V-VII semesters. A minimum of four visits are compulsory. A report on industrial visits shall be submitted. The institution shall arrange minimum four Seminars on latest topics by experts from Industry. The student shall be evaluated based on the report on industrial visits, presentation, interaction, performance in the class and general awareness on topics of expert lectures

L-T-D: 0-0-5

Credits : 5

A project work of good quality should be done under the guidance of project guide(s) and a project report should be submitted. For internal assessment, 50% weightage to be given to the assessment of the guide and 50% to the committee assigned to assess the project work. For University examination a Viva-voce examination shall be conducted. Marks of Viva voce examination shall be based on the overall performance, Project report, Seminar reports, Subject knowledge and general awareness in the developments in Mechanical Engineering.


ELECTIVE SECTION LIST OF ELECTIVES (Electives are common to Mechanical, Production and Automobile engineering branches unless otherwise specified in the title) 08. 506 Elective I 1. Communicative English and technical writing 2. Human aspects of management 3. Disaster Management 4. Glimpses of world thought 5. Professional ethics and human values 6. Environmental Science 7. Advanced Welding technology 8. Foundry Technology 9. Environmental Pollution Control 10. Advanced Fluid Mechanics 11. Composite Materials Technology 12. Internet Technologies 13. Non Destructive Testing 14. Powder Metallurgy 15. Vehicle Transport & Fleet Management 16. Automotive Airconditioning 17. Two And Three Wheeled Vehicles 08.606 Elective II 1. Advanced mechanics of solids 2. New Energy systems 3. Object Oriented Programming 4. Nuclear Engineering 5. Mechanical working Methods 6. Artificial Intelligence Systems 7.System Modeling & Simulation 8. Instrumentation and control 9. Materials Handling 10. Agro Machinery 11. Total Quality Management 12. Precision Engineering 13 Advanced Manufacturing Processes 14. Material Characterisation 15. Micromachining Methods 16. Tool Engineering (MU) 17.Vehicle Body Engineering 18.Vehicle Performance And Testing 19.Automotive Fuels & Alternate Fuels 08.706 Elective III 1. Computer Graphics 2. Advanced Thermodynamics 3. Industrial Heat Transfer 4. Plant Engg & Maintenance 5. Fracture Mechanics 6. Marketing Management. 7. Entrepreneurship Development 8. Industrial Hydraulics 9. Finite Element Methods 10. Metal Forming 11. Machine tool Technology 12.Non-conventional Machining Techniques 13. Turbo Machines 14 Experimental Methods in Engineering 15. Mech. Vibration & Noise Control 16. Failure Analysis 17. Theory of Machining (MU) 18. Bio Materials 19. Concurrent Engineering 20. Industrial Automation 21. Alternate Energy Sources 22. Automotive Pollution and Control 23. Creativity, Innovation and New Product Development


Technology Forecasting 13. Bio Medical Engineering. Product and brand management 18. Project Management 16. Computational Fluid Dynamics 12. Automotive Aerodynamics 24. Robotics 18. Aerospace Engineering 3. Creativity& Product Development 6.Road Vehicles 25. Financial Management 10. Logistics and Supply Chain Management 19. 12. 805 Elective IV 1. Embedded System In Automobiles 26. Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Design 23. Computer Simulation of IC Engine Processes. Nanotechnology 20. Controls in Machine tools 9. Random vibrations 8. Surface Engineering 21. Design of IC Engines 17. Tractors & Farm Equipments 25. Production & Operations Management 15. 77 . Thermal Management of Electronic Systems 16. Value Engineering. Design of Pressure Vessels & Piping 10. Design of Heat transfer equipment 5. Computerized Materials Management 7. Research Methodology 19.08. Industrial Quality Control 4. Industrial Safety Engineering 23. Industrial Refrigeration 3. Advanced Kinematics of Machines 9. 806 Elective V 1. Rapid Prototyping 20. Non linear Dynamics and Chaos 6. Multiphase flow 8. Tribology 11. Facilities Planning 4. Propulsion Engineering 2. Advanced Decision Modeling 5. Flexible Manufacturing Methods 11. Continuum Mechanics 17. Design of Cellular Manufacturing 22. High Temperature Materials 22. Management Information Systems 14. Design of jigs and fixtures 7. Off. Software Engineering 13. Computer Aided Vehicle Design 08. Cryogenic Engineering 14. Engineering Design 24. Experimental Stress Analysis Techniques 2. Automotive Technology (P) 21. 15.

Reading Skills: Skimming the text. Listening Skills: Listening for general content.barriers to communication. 1. 78 . Official letters-govt. Speaking Skills: Oral practice-Describing objects/situations/people-Role play-Just A Minute/Group Discussion.1 L-T-D: 3-1-0 COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH AND TECHNICAL WRITING Credits : 4 Module-I Listening. structure and style. Technical papers. Distinction between general and technical communication. Module III A non-detailed study of the autobiography: “Wings of Fire-an autobiography by Dr. writing reports.Mohan K and Sharma R C. use of appropriate vocabulary -sentence construction-paragraphs development-note making-editing a passage and essay writing. Technical communication. 5. downward and lateral-importance of technical communication. organizational. Each answer carries 15 marks. graphic representation.thesis writing. Everyday Dialogues in English-Robert J Dixson. Effective Technical Communication-Barun K Mitra.Technical proposals-writing a proposal –the steps involved. References. letter of quotation. (30 marks).levels of communicationinterpersonal. 6. Writing Skills: Skills to express ideas in sentences. Job application and resume. Module-II Forms of Technical communication. TMH New Delhi.Intensive listening-Listening for specific information. Speaking and Writing skills. 4. Basic Communication Skills for Technology-Andrea J Rutherford. 2. Each answer carries 5 marks. 2 questions out of 4 has to be answered from Module II. Students should read the book on their own and selected topics may be discussed in the class. (40 marks). Vol. I &II.ELECTIVE I 08. Business letters-sales and credit letters. letter to authorities..dissertation. condensing .Universities Press (2004) University Examination:. English For Technical Communication.506. Wings of Fire-an autobiography APJ Abdul Kalam. Questions to be limited to the topics Writing Skills& Basics of Technical Communication. PHI. New Delhi. 3.exposure to a variety of technical articles. Each answer carries 20 marks. Basics of Technical Communication.Two essays out of Four has to be answered from module III. and journalistic articles.projects. Oxford University Press. APJ Abdul Kalam”. letter of enquiry. Business Correspondence and Report Writing. Reading. essays. mass communication-the flow of communication: upward.language as a tool of communication.informal letters-essentials of telephonic conversation-invitationsminutes of a meeting.features. Reports-types. placing order. significance. (30 marks).. Pearson Education. Six short questions to be answered out of 8 questions from Module I. Preparing audio-visual aids. K R Lakshmi Narayanan-Sci Tech Publications. letters.

Modes of values. Performance appraisal. Man power planning.Conflict management . 4. Goals of organizational change and organizational development. Resistance to change. theories and applications . Module 3 Human Resource Management –Concepts and objectives. Organizational change. 3. Managerial leadership across cultures. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Motivation and Personality-concepts. beliefs. Leadership –nature and significance .theories and styles.Pearson Education. Gary Dessler. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Tata Mc Graw Hill.Case studies.Tata Mc Graw Hill. impact of culture in organizational behaviour. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 79 .506.Pearson Education. Concept of organizational climate-health and effectiveness.McGraw Hill. Training and development.Personnel Management . Safety and health maintenance. Organizational Behaviour-Text and Cases .2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 HUMAN ASPECTS OF MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module1 Dimensions of Human Behaviour. Self development. Case studies. attitudes and intelligents in determining human behaviour. Grievance handling.Organizational Behaviour . Concepts of QWL-strategies for improved QWL. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Organizational culture. Group dynamics-nature of groups and group decision making. Case studies. Stephen P. Perception. Robbins. Fred Luthans . Organizational Behaviour .08.nature and characteristics. Labour legislation.Transactional Analysis . 2.Human Resource Management . Module 2 Organizational development. Motivation of person across cultures. References: 1. types. Uma Sekharan. Scott . Wage and salary administration. Compensation policies. Recruitment and selection. 5.

80 . landslides and volcanoes with special reference to construction of residential buildings and public utility buildings. Human induced disasters. floods.V. Cambridge University Press. natural hazards. landslides and volcanoes. Vulnerability assessment for earthquakes. C. P. McGraw Hill Company Bryant. 172. 4. risks and disasters. floods. References 1. 2.3 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DISASTER MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Earth processes and natural disasters-significance of earth processes. Disaster management in India. Module III Issues in the prediction of natural disasters.R. tsunamis.. floods. Basic principles of disaster management. P. land use practices and disaster mitigation.506. landslides and volcanoes. The candidate has to answer one question of 20 marks from each module. University Examination: Duration: 3 hours The question paper consists of Part A and Part B. Part B is for 60 marks. There will be two questions from each module. Disaster mitigation planning of human settlements and townships for earthquakes. 3rd Ed. GNOSIS. tsunamis.08.E. There will be 8 compulsory short answer questions of 5 marks each covering entire syllabus. tsunamis. Module II Preparedness and mitigation measures for earthquakes. Murty. Integration of rural development programmes with natural disaster mitigation and planning.A(1991) Natural hazards. Part A is for 40 marks.L(2001) Natural Disasters. Information systems and decision making tools in disaster management. Earthquake tips Ramakant Gaur(2008) Disaster management. New Delhi. Abbott. Case histories of important natural disasters. 3.

The Philosophy of science and the development of the Scientific Method . Ionians . Will Durrant.Greek and Roman schools of thought Medieval ages &Renaissance . Sutras. Human values in Engineering. Prentice Hall 19.positivism.China. True Knowledge 14. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Sastras and Upanishds .the earliest thinkers .. (Excerpts) Oriental Heritage 5. The Story of Philosophy.506.definition and implications in the various sciences . Egypt....current trends and issues . Simon & Schuster 2. The Creative Life 9. Prentice Hall 18. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Dr Radhakrishnan S.4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 GLIMPSES OF WORLD THOUGHT Credits : 4 Module I Introduction . Koide & Sawant.The Dark Ages .industrial and scientific revolution Module II The major schools of thought .East and West . Religion and Culture 12. The Pleasures and literary movements (school of paintings and other forms of reputation) . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Ancient Indian texts .other centres of learning in the ancient world .structuralism . culture and cognition .language.the flowering of academic disciplines .the great inventors and discoveries and their relation to human thought (Darwin’s theory and growth of imperialism) .Arts Vs.determinism. Towards A New World 15. nihilism.the science of ‘knowledge’ .revolutions in human perception . Story of Civilisation .. October Revolution) . Chisholm. Dialogues of Plato 17. Will & Ariel Durrent. The Present Crisis of Faith 10. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Alston. Bertnard Russell.Mayars.the great intellectual debates . Living With A Purpose 13. Silmon 3.Renaissance Thinkers . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 81 . Volume I to XII 6. Decline of the West 8. Dr Radhakrishnan S. The Rise and Fall of the Roman Empire 7.Marxism and its social. The Story of Civilisation. Prentice Hall 20. dialectical materialism . Dr Radhakrishnan and revolutions . Philosophy of Mind. modernism and colonial theories.. Shaffer.Volumes . Our Heritage 11.Leornardo.Vedas.The History of ‘ideas’ . Copernicus and Kepler . Theory of Knowledge. Dr Radhakrishnan S. Science & Scientific Method.theories of human evolution . History of Western Philosophy. Prentice Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Incars . Oswald Spingler.. Dr Radhakrishnan S. George Allen & Unwin 4. Dr Radhakrishnan S.. Science . Recovery of Faith 16. Neo-Marxism and post-colonial theories . References 1.semiotics the science of signs. South America .some early Greek thinkers Anaxagoras.theories of human betterment theories of social analysis (French disciplines cognitive science .Ancient Period . cultural and economic dimensions . Philosophy of Language.Life of Grees.poststructuralism. post-modernism. Module III: The modern era . Will Durrant.08. Edward Gibbon.

covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). SAFETY. New Delhi.. International Encyclopedia on Ethics. 2. Human Values and Professional Ethics.506. Ethics in Engineering.S. IEEE – Institution of engineers (India) – Indian Institute of Materials Management – Institution electronics and telecommunication engineering (IETE) India etc. Module II ENGINEERING AS SOCIAL EXPERIMENTATION: Engineering as experimentation Engineering as responsible experimenters – Codes of ethics – A balanced outlook on law – The challenger case study. Raghavan. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 82 . Tata Mcgraw Hill. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. S. RESPONSIBLITIES AND RIGHTS: Safety and risk – Assessment of safety and risk – Risk benefit analysis and reducing risk – The Three Mile Island and Chernobyl case studies. References: 1.08. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. ENGINEERING ETHICS: Senses of “Engineering Ethics”– Variety of moral issues. ASCE. and B.Chand &Co. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Values and Ethics – Integrity – Work Ethic – Service – Learning – Civic Virtue – Respect for Others – Living Peacefully – Caring – Sharing – Honesty – Courage – Valuing Time – Co-operation – Commitment – Empathy – Self Confidence – Character – Spirituality.5 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I HUMAN VALUES: Morals. Chand & Co. John Ruth K. S. Types of inquiry – Moral dilemmas – Moral autonomy – Kohlberg’s theory – Gilligan’s theory – Consensus and Controversy – Models of Professionals Roles – Theories about right action – Self interest – Custom and religion – Uses of ethical theories. 3. Jayashree Suresh. Collegiality and loyalty – Respect for authority – collective bargaining – Confidentiality – Conflicts of interest – Occupational crime – Professional rights – Employee rights – Intel lectual property Rights (IPR) – Discrimination. Module III GLOBAL ISSUES: Multinational corporation – Environmental ethics – Computer ethics Weapons development – Engineers as managers – Consulting engineers and engineers as expert witness and advisor – Moral leadership – sample code of ethics like ASME. Mike W Martin and Schinzinger. New Delhi.

Role of Government.Environment definition. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. D. Solar.506. Environmental Science and Engineering – Meenakshi. Prentice Hall India. Industry. Public Health aspects. Biomass and Biogas. Environmental Protection. Hydrogen as an alternative future source of Energy. Environmental Education. Acid Rain.2005. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Initiatives by Nongovernmental Organizations (NGO).Carbon. 3. Mining and Transportation activities. Women Education. Air Pollution. Environmental Studies – Dr. 5. Environmental studies – R. Electro-magnetic radiation. Prentice Hall of India. In Part A. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 83 . Pearson Education-2006. Module III Environmental Pollution and their effects. Automobile pollution. Module II Natural Resources. Ozone Layer depletion. Mineral Resources.Water Resources.Effects. Urbanization. Need For Public Awareness. Climate Change and Global warming. Anji Reddy – BS Publication. Fossil Fuel based. Energy – Different types of energy. Nitrogen and Sulphur Cycles. Material cycles.L. Noise pollution. Shelter. Environmental Studies – Benny Joseph – Tata McgrawHill-2005 2.Availability and Quality aspects. In Part B. Water pollution. 2 questions of 20 marks each. Rajagopalan – Oxford Publication . Scope & Importance. Forest Wealth. Land pollution. Animal Husbandry. 3 REFERENCES: 1. Effects of human activities on environment-Agriculture. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. Text book of Environmental Science & Technology – M. 6. Human activities – Food. Legal aspects. Economic and social Security. Sustainable Development. Solid waste management. Venugoplan Rao. Principles of Environmental Science and Engineering – P.6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE Credits: 4 Module I Definition. 4. Conventional and NonConventional sources – Hydro Electric. Nuclear. Current Environmental Issues of Importance: Population Growth. Manjunath. Water induced diseases. Eco system – Balanced ecosystem. Housing. Fluoride problem in drinking water. Basics of Environmental Impact Assessment.08. Water borne diseases.

Economics Materials and Applications.theory and Principles. Different Stages of Friction Welding. Guns. Vacuum brazing: Vacuum Brazing. REFERENCES: 1. Economics. Joint Design Advantages. Design. Welding Engineering. Equipment. 1979. 6.S. Weld Penetration and Shape. Materials and Applications. Weld Quality and Process Control.theory and Principle of Process. Metallurgy of Welding. Equipment and Safety. 1988. Physical Characteristics. “Metals Joining Manual”. Plasma arc welding: Plasma Arc Welding. 6. Laser Beam Welding.506. Materials and Applications. Materials and Applications. Process Parameters. 4.7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED WELDING TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Radiant energy welding: Electron Beam Welding. Equipment and Tooling. Applications and Limitations. Welding in Different Degrees of Vacuum. Parameters. Joining of Dissimilar Materials. 2.Background of the Process. Operating Characteristics. Advantages and Limitations. I . Rossi. Ohio. Delhi. Advantages.. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 3. 5. Advantages. “Welding Processes and Technology”. Weld Quality. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).theory and Key Variables.ASM. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 84 . Metal Adhesive. Schwartz M. III and IV. Module II Needle Arc Micro Plasma Welding . Module III Friction and diffusion welding: Friction Welding. Weld Environment. Teo goisky. Disadvantages. Process Variants. Transferred arc and NonTransferred arc Techniques. Economics of Process.theory and Key Parameters. Equipment and Tooling. Joint Design.theory. Equipment and Tooling. Stop-Off and Parting Agents.. Limitations.Characteristics of Process. Key Variables. Udin et al.08. Joint Design. Influence of Process Parameters... Diffusion Welding. Khanna Publishers. 7. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. McGraw-Hill Inc. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.II . Joint Design. Applications. Advantages and Limitations.M. Intermediate Materials. Deformation Welding. Vol.Basic Principles. Mechanism of Bonding. Welding Engineers Hand Book. Fixturing and Joint Design Shielding. The electric welder.ASHE Vol . Explosive Welding. Limitations and Applications. Materials and Applications. ASM Metals Hand Book “Welding and Brazing”. 1998. Economics. Amar R. Equipment and Tooling. mechanisms and Key Variables. Applications. Adhesive Bonding.

Gating and Risering – Solidification of pure metals and alloys in moulds – Factors affecting the nature and type of solidification – Gate and gating system – Types of gates – Deign of gating systems – Risering – Needs for risering – Requirements of a riser . Modern foundry practice. plaster mould casting – Investment casting . dry hand moulds . core creating .506. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 85 . moulding . Moulding process – Hand moulding tools and their uses – Different types of moulding boxes – Green sand moulds . Cores and core making – Purpose of cores – core prints – Types of cores – Core sand and ingredients – Requirements of core sands – Core sand mixtures – Binding materials – Core boxes – Types of core boxes – Process of core making – Core baking .colour codes of pattern .08. References 1.Maintenance of sand properties for regular use – Sand conditioning . Principles of Metal Casting. Foundry Engineering. Theoretical considerations – Riser shape and directional solidification – General considerations for risering – Bling riser – Use of chills .Bhanga. 3. insulators and exothermic compounds . 2. core making . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Howard. Principles of Manufacturing materials and processes. plaster moulds . Foundry practice. Mechanisation in foundry – Elementary ideas of machines used for sand conditioning.CO2 process –Graphite and ceramic moulds – Centrifugal casting – Continuous castings .8 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Casting as process of manufacture – Its advantages and limitations Pattern making – Pattern materials – Factor effecting the choice of pattern materials – Pattern allowances – Types of pattern – Line diagram description and use of different types of patterns. T. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Camphell. Loan moulds . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). sand mixing – General properties of moulding sand – testing of moulding sand – Ingredients for moulding sand . floor moulding and pit moulding . cement bonded moulds – bench moulding . size and charge calculations – Details and calculations in Cupola charging – New developments in cupola design. knockout and fottling . Russicof. 5.R. Special moulding and Casting processes – Shell moulding . Hine and Resenthal. Module II Moulding sands : Natural sand . core reinforcing – core venting etc. steels and non ferrous metals – Composition . sand supply . synthetic sand .Special additives – Reliability of moulding sands . Module III Melting and pouring : Types of furnaces used for cast irons . 4.

Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Definition. S.Sources and control methods .Elaisen. (1973). Mc Graw Hill. " Solid Water: Engineering Principles and Management Issues ". Boubce and W.A.G.Role of environmental engineer. H.Types of our air pollutants . Air quantity .506. 3. “Fundamental of Air Pollution ". (1977). Howard S. and George Tchobanoglous. Dun Dunnellers.Noise pollution and their control. Module III Methods and equipment' for industrial waste treatment . Mc Graw Hill. Definition. Ikken P.Stern. 6.P.Control systems and instrumentation for pollution control.effect of air pollution on men and environment . Kenneth and Cecil F.Wonter. New York. New Delhi. (1989). Wark. References: 1. " Environmental 2. Donald R. and Zwerves.Lowry.W. Characteristics and prospective . R. Mc Graw Hill. (1985). University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION CONTROL Credits : 4 Module I Environmental aspects . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 5.Environmental quality .Formation of air pollutants from combustion of fossil fuels and parameters controlling the formation. New York. 7. Mc Graw Hill. collection.Warner. Module II Water pollution from tanneries and other industries .Types and sources of solid waste . Engineering ".Rowe. Swart R. (1976).J.C. (1979). " Climate and Energy ".Engineered systems for waste water treatment and disposal . New York. Tchobanoglous. Peavy.Solid waste disposal. " Waste Water Engineering Treatment and Disposal Second Edition ".Theisan and R. " Air Pollution: its Origin and Control ".Solid waste management generation.Pollution thermal power plants and s nuclear power plants . 4. New Delhi. Metcalf and Eddy Inc. A. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Academic Press. H. storage and processing techniques .Emission from SI and CI engines Evaporative emission control -Exhaust treatment devices . characteristics .C.Impact of environment . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 86 .08.

potential flow in a sector. Module-III Boundary layer theory. Potential flow past a cylinder. complex flow potentials for source. Potential flow.Streetor. Stream function. zero and positive pressure gradients. Blasius solution for flow over a flat plate. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). sink. equation of potential flow. theory of complex variables. Boundary layer theory. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. stress.flow over an ellipse. Vuan. vortex shedding. Couette flow for negative. force and moment calculations (derivation of expression not required). from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 87 .Momentum intergral equations. potential flow between two parallel plates. favorable and adverse pressure gradients. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Module-II Derivation of Hagen Poissule equations for velocity and discharge through a pipe. Navier-Stokes equation for in-compressible flow.L. acceleration. flow over a vertical flat plate. vortex and doublet. G Biswas.Pohlhausen approximation solution of boundary layer for non zero pressure gradient flow. complex flow potential. mean and fluctuating components.10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module I Description of fluid motion – Lagrangian and Eulerian approaches.conformal mapping. Stokes hypothesis. Reynolds transport theorem. introduction to turbulent flow. gradient of velocity. vorticity. rate of strain.Boundary layer thickness. derivation of friction factor for laminar flow. 3. Schawartz-Christoffel transformations. Prandtl boundary layer equations. Schlichting.506. Fluid mechanics 4. K Muralidhar . Viscometer based on rotating annulus. stream functionvorticity formulation. convective acceleration. K. Newton' law of viscosity. s temporal acceleration. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Velocity. concept of eddy viscosity. short notes of velocity measurement technique using (a) multi hole probes (b) Hot wire anemometers (c) LDV (d) PIV References: 1. Displacement thickness and momentum thickness. Gersen . Elements of fluid mechanics. Advanced Engineering Fluid Mechanics 2. V. flow separation.08. H. derivation of continuity and momentum equations using Reynolds transport theorem. flow in a rotating annulus. rotation.

New York-1 6. characteristics.Rawlings. 4. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Quality. Ronald Gibson.W. Introduction to Composite Materials. Technomic Publishing Company.. Whiskers:.L. inspection and nondestructive testing. " Fiber-reinforced composites ". Post processing operations:. 3. Advanced post processing methods like ultrasonic welding. Ed. polishing. Metal Matrix Composites (MMC): Metals. Tasi. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. waterjet cutting and laser machining. Manufacture of MMC. London. their properties-characteristics and applications. Reinhold Co. 10.Matthews & R. " Stress Analysis of Fiber . 7. Micael hyer.Definition. Their characteristic features.08.. properties and applications Polymer matrix composites (PMC):. History. 9. Schwartz M. Module II Fiber reinforced plastics: Reinforcement fibres:.Reinforced Composite Materials ".High strength man made (glass. B. Engineering and Sciences ". .M. Ultra structure processing of ceramics. " Analysis and Performance of Fiber Composites ". Properties of composites made and their applications. George Lubin. Inter-metallics and alloys used for MMC and their properties. TMH. Lee.Characteristics.fracture mechanics and toughening mechanisms. Manufacturing methods for thermo set thermoplastic and elastomeric PMC. Van _Nostrand. 1994. Structural. Manufacture. aramid) and natural fibres. bonding. Chapman & hall. carbon.static mechanical properties .. cement and gypsum as matrices. 2. Properties and applications. M. thermoplastic and e1astomeric polymers. Failure predictions . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 88 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Monal Deklar Inc. cutting. welding of thermoplastic PMC.D. damage prediction..11 COMPOSITE MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Composite Materials:. S. carbon.Broutman. 5. properties and applications of CMC using fine ceramics. characteristics. riveting and painting. P. " Composite Materials.K. functional sensory and smart composites. Chawla KK. International. John Wiley and Sons. Ceramic Matrix Composites Chapman & Hall 8. Composite Material handbook. F. Industrial scene. Inc. by Stuart. Introduction to micro-mechanics-unidirectional lamina – laminar stresses– inter laminar stresses . their properties.impact properties environmental effects .506. VCH. 1980. Agarwal and L. Classifications based on structure and matrices. characteristics and utilisation as matrices. plasma coating.Machining. Tata McGraw Hill. glass.Classification of ceramics and their potential role as matrices. Module III Ceramic Matrix Composites (CMC):. Advantages and limitations. failure modes. " Principles of Composite Material Mechanics ". References 1. Applications. Structure. 1994. New considerations .J. New York. McGraw HiIl. "Encyclopaedia of Composites (6 volumes)". 1998.Thermo set. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. "Hand Book of Composites". examples.D.fatigue properties .Mallicak.

Spread sheet applications – Data base applications – Queries – Internet connectivity. William Sawyor & Hutchingson. Graw Hill Pub. Word Processing & Desktop publishing – Entering and Editing documents – Other word processing features – Formatting documents – desktop Publishing for print and for the screen .This course is intended to provide an overview of fundamentals and concepts of IT useful to an undergraduate student in Mechanical Engineering only.506. Programs – Programming languages – Programming methods – Programming Techniques – System analysis and design . IRWIN Mc. The Computer Systems – Types. Tata Mc. Marketing . Note :. Production and Manufacturing – Business on the Internet – Health Issues Associated with the use of computers – Computer viruses – Intellectual property rights – Computer crime – Cryptography – Issues caused by computers – Recent developments in IT. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Curtin et al. REFERENCES 1. Ltd.Graw Hill Pub. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 89 . Information Technology : The Breaking wave. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 2. IT in Business – Information processing – Transaction Processing – Computers for Management control . File management .Co.08.Multimedia – Introduction – Tools – multimedia authoring Tools – Presentation device – Multimedia on the web.12 INTERNET TECHNOLOGIES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Information Technology – Introduction – applications – The Internet and World wide web – the GPS. and sales – Design . MODULE II Software – User Interface and Operating systems – Types . Advertising . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. MODULE III The Electronic web – Network applications – Fax . Dennis P. Utilities – Document – centric computing . CPU – Memory – Input and Output devices – Inputing text and Graphics – Printing Devices – The foundation of Modern outputs – Printers – Secondary storage devices and media. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.voice and Information services – Person to Person and group communication – Exchanging files – Foundations of modern networks – Local area networks – Wide area networks – Links between networks – Device and Media Protocols –Dial up Access – High bandwidth personal connections. Using Information Technology.

Ionising radiation . Ultrasonic testing of materials: Advantages. field sensitive probes: applications. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Other methods: Acoustic Emission methods. In Part A. Module III Magnetic methods: Advantages. al. Halmshaw 2. 2 questions of 20 marks each. Generation of Ultrasonic waves. McGrawhill. Electromagnetic testing: Magnetism: Magnetic domains: Magnetization curves: Magnetic Hysteresis: Hysteresis-loop tests: comparator . 4. applications. Non-Destructive Testing by Baldev Raj et. L-T-D: 3-1-0 90 . Limitations.II. general characteristics of ultrasonic waves: methods and instruments for ultrasonic materials testing: special techniques. disadvantages. Methods of generating fields: magnetic particles and suspending liquids Magnetography. Dynamic inspection. Metals Handbook Vol. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). Non-Destructive Testing by P. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.13 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Visual methods: Optical aids. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts.Mcgomnagle. Measurement of metal properties. REFERENCES: 1. Optical holographic methods. Electrical methods: Eddy current methods: potential-drop methods. gama-rays sources Recording of radiation: Radiographic sensitivity: Fluoroscopic methods: special techniques: Radiation safety. Non-Destructive Testing by Warren J.X-rays sources. Acoustic methods: Leak detection: Thermal inspection. In-situ metallography..08. In Part B. Nondestructive inspection and quality control 3.506. Narosa Publishing House. Module II Radiographic methods and Limitations: Principles of radiography: sources of radiation. Penetrant flaw detection: Principles: Process: Penetrant systems: Liquid penetrant materials: Emulsifiers: cleaners developers: sensitivity: Advantages: Limitations: Applications. Applications.bridge tests Absolute single-coil system: applications.

Cemented Tungsten carbide Production.Upadhayay. Powder Metallurgy-ASM Vol. Powder characterization: problem of size determination. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. Isostatic pressing. Roll of diffusion.14 POWDER METALLURGY L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Manufacture of metal powders : Conventional methods and modern methods of metal powder manufacture. 2 questions of 20 marks each. Liquid phase sintering and related processes. Module II Powder compaction: Mechanical. Powder Metallurgy-Dixtor R. In Part B. II. Manufacturing and application of important P/M components : Porous bearing. magnets.506. thermal and thermomechanical compacting processes. 3. Module III Theories of sintering: Sintering mechanism.H. Friction materials and Composites. Pore emigration. Powder rolling. Powder Metallurgy-Gopal S. Die design and tooling for consolidation of powders. Purity of metal powders. Cemented carbides. Apparent density and flowability measurement. Advantages and limitations of these methods.08. 5. Powder Metallurgy-Thumler 4.g. Powder Metallurgy-Sands and Shakespeare. Metallic filters. Pore-growth and coalescence. New methods of consolidation. E. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). Upadhayay 6. and Clayton. Method of size analysis and surface area assessment. REFERENCES: 1. Blending techniques. properties and testing. In Part A. Sintering atmospheres. Electrical contact materials. Recrystallization. Types of sintering furnaces. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 2. Effect of compacting pressure. 91 . 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Presses used for transmission. sintering temperature and time on sintered properties.Gopal S. Powder forging.

D.15 VEHICLE TRANSPORT & FLEET MANAGEMENT Credits 4 Module I Organization and management.Cost of options. zone systems. traffic and administration). centralized & decentralized condition (Engineering. survey of rout. duty of drivers and conductors. W.Planning and scope . 4.Capital expenditures Classification of vehicle expenses Module III Fleet Management. calculating average charge.506. turning points.Lists for driver and mechanic . straight and tapered scales fare structure .Registration of motor vehicles .Data processing systems . estimated traffic possibility.Limits of speed . References: 1.. " Bus operation ".Evaluation of PMI programme – Work scheduling Overtime . management.Energy management.Computer controlling of fleet activity . checking efficiency of crew. Management Training and Operations. supply management and budget: Scheduled and unscheduled maintenace . Data Processing And Fare Structure : Fleet management and data processing . Schedules and sections . Organising Time and people. duty roaster. University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts.Driver and mechanic hiring . effect of competition and control..Basic principles of supervising. L-T. Job instruction training . Kadiyali.. John Dolu. llliffe and Sons Ltd.Budget activity . types of permits. Goverment Publication.Control of repair backlogs . welfare. third party insurance. "Fleet management ". direction of traffic flow. 3-1-0 92 . determination of vehicle efficiency. factors affecting frequency. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Software Model . 1984..Licensing of drivers . Rev.R. Basis of fares.Parts control . preparation of vehicle and crew schedules. procedure for obtaining permits. time table layout. McGraw-Hill Co. internal organization.Time record keeping .Trip leasing Module II Route planning and Scheduling: Sources of traffic. procedure for obtaining driving license. stopping places.Driver checklist . Kitchin. III Edition. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). principle of transport. 2 questions of 20 marks each. use of vehicle running numbers. Cost of inventory .Balancing inventory cost against downtime . administration.Methods of fare collection . 5. recruitment and training.Control of permits .08. use of flat graph method. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Training devices and techniques .Preparation of fare table. town planning.Forms of ownership. 1992. Vehicle maintenance.Breakdown analysis . Faulks -Road and Coach Operation 2.Bin tag systems – Time management .L. registration of vehicle. In Part A. health and safety. In Part B. "The Motor vehicle Act ".D. duty arrangements.L. London.traffic signs Constructional regulations . 3. " Traffic engineering and Transport Planning ". 1989. Motor vehicle act: Importance of motor vehicle act.types of driving licenses.

K. Air Conditioning Service: Air conditioner maintenance and service . William H Crouse and Donald L Anglin. Paul Weiser.Ford automatically controlled air conditioner and heater systems . F.Schematic layout of a refrigeration system.Diagnostic procedure . References: 1.Servicing heater system Removing and replacing components.506.Automatic temperature control . Prentice Hall Ind. 2 questions of 20 marks each.Automotive Air Conditioning 6... " Automotive Air Conditioning ".PArora . Thermostatic expansion value . 1978. MODULE II Air Conditioner . 4.L.08. Reston Publishing Co Inc.Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 7. In Part A.Vacuum reserve . McGraw-Hill Inc. Trouble shooting of air controlling system – Compressor service. Inc.Air conditioning protection – Engine protection.D..Manually controlled air conditioner Heater system . 1990. Psychrometry and air composition Adiabatic saturation and Thermodynamic wet bulb temperature Basic air conditioning system .Expansion value calibration . " Automotive Air Conditioning ". 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Compressor components . 3.Automatic temperature control – Duct system . 1989. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Ambient conditions affecting system pressures.Controlling flow . Gamines &Boyce L. " Mitchell Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning Systems ". C.Evaporator temperature regulator. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE I Airconditioning Fundamentals: Definition of Air Conditioning. Dwiggins . 5. 1990.. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60).Condenser and high pressure service ports. 2.Handling refrigerants .Refrigeration and Air Conditioning University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts.Heating System: Automotive heaters . " Automotive Air conditioning ". MODULE III Air Routing & Temperature Control: Objectives . MacDonald. Theodore Audel series. In Part B.16 AUTOMOTIVE AIRCONDITIONING L-T. Damkundwar . Refrigerant: Containers .Controlling evaporator temperature .Evaporator pressure regulator .Testing the air control and handling systems.Location of air conditioning components in a car .Tapping into the refrigerant container Refrigeration system diagnosis . Leslie. Mitchell information Services.Evaporator care air flow through the Dash recirculating unit . 93 .

Rotary valve engine lubrication and fuel supply systems in two wheelers. Disc types.E. " Vespa Maintenance and Repair series ". lighting system. valve timing.D . shaft drive and variable drive mechanisms and their constructional aspects. different arrangement of cylinders. constructional aspects. transmission References: 1. constructional features and types of oil seals. high tension and low tension magneto ignition. shock absorber systems. valves and valve actuating mechanisms. 20 volumes ". covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). arrangements. carburetion system and operation. Types of scavenging processes. Tyres and tubes . " Motor cycle Engineering ". cast wheel. Wheels and tyres: Drum brakes. Lambretta . different types of synchronizers.08. Front and rear brake links layouts.V. centrifugal clutch.. electronic ignition systems like CDI. scooters. gear drive. multiple disc clutch. 1987. starting motor.R. mufflers & silencers.. 6. microprocessor controlled ignition system etc. 1989. Irving. " Encyclopedia of Motor cycling. bearing system. Temple Press Book. 2. scavenging efficiency. Raymond Broad. mopeds and three wheeled vehicles.P. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60). Case study of two and three wheelers: Salient features of modern two wheelers. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I General Introduction: Motor cycles.506. MODULE-III Body: Constructional details of frames and front fork suspension systems. classification. In Part A. Disc brakes. necessities. London. 10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. " The Cycle Motor Manual ". 1992. Electrical systems: Magneto ignition system. merits and demerits. 3. Temple PressLtd.17 TWO AND THREE WHEELED VEHICLES L-T. Three wheelers – different types. selective and progressive gear boxes." A practical guide to maintenance and repair ". 2 questions of 20 marks each. Catalytic converters. 1990. Bryaut.. engine ports. accessories horn. body manufacturer and paints & Painting methods Brakes. Service Manuals of popular Indian two and three wheeled vehicles University Examination: Question Paper consists of two parts. London. comparison with battery ignition system. Power plants: Two stroke and four stroke. Spoked wheel. 4. In Part B. New York and London. 94 . layouts.Different types . 5.. Marshall Cavensih. MODULE-II Power transmission: Clutches. Scavenging pump. Disc wheel. reed valves.

Plane stress and plane strain.1 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ADVANCED MECHANICS OF SOLIDS Credits : 4 Module I Analysis of stress. S. Maxwell-Betti-Rayleigh reciprocal theorem. Torsion of bars with narrow rectangular cross-section. Torsion of thin. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Module II Energy methods. elliptic and equilateral triangular bars. shear stresses in thin walled open sections. Bending of beams. Transformation of stresses.S Srinath. L. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.A Kazimi . Analysis of stress in two dimensions.ELECTIVE II 08.walled multiple cell closed sections. Center of twist and flexural centre.606. Fictitious load method. stress components on an arbitrary plane.M. Castigliano’s I theorem. Straight beams and asymmetrical bending. Bending of curved bars (Winkler–Bach formula) Module III Torsion -Torsion of General prismatic bars.M. Membrane analogy. T.walled tubes.H 2. Engessers theorem. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 95 . Theory of Elasticity. shear centre. Mc Graw Hill. Differential equations of equilibrium in rectangular co-ordinates. Stress-Strain relations. Compatibility conditions. Reciprocal relations. Planes of maximum shear. Torsion of thin. Solid Mechanics. State of stress at a point. Torsion of circular. 3. State of pure shear. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Castigliano’s II theorem. Analysis of strain. Principal stress and Principal planes. strain-displacement relations–Principal strains and principal axes. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). References: 1. Advanced Mechanics of Solids. Timoshenko and Goodier.M. Theorem of virtual work. Rectangular stress components.T.H. Torsion of rolled sections.

Selection of fuel and operating conditionsPractical fuel cells – The Redox cell.generator systems. Storage and Transportation – production and application of methanol. 4.Production and containment of plasma – Fusion – breeder concept.Biogas plants. A.Fundamentals and Applications. G. D.Wind forms.Energy resources – Geothermal electrical power plants – Non-electric applications.Thermodynamics of fuel cells. R. Fuel cells.Solar thermal devices – Solar power generation. Hydrogen. 2.Fusion fuels and reactions.606. Rao & Parulekar – “ Energy Technology”. Rai. “Non. 3.Wind turbine. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Isaac Pitman & Son Ltd. Ocean Power. ‘Solar Energy Thermal Processes”. Chang – “Energy Conversion”.Sustained fusion reaction.Thermoelectric effects.Solar collectors and Concentrationsperformance analysis of flat plate collectors.Design and selection of materials.Applications. Khanna Publishers. New York. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. L. John wiley & Sons. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NEW ENERGY SYSTEMS Credits : 4 Module I Direct Energy Conversion Systems: Basic principles of thermoelectric and thermionic generations. Duff ice & Beckman. Solar energy – Terms and definitions.economic relevance.Design and construction.Merits and demerits.Principle of biogas production.socio.Solar – wind hybrid.Thermal storage. References : 1.Tidal power. Principle of MHD Generators – Choice of generator parameters – Applications.Biogas energy.Resources. Sheldon S.Introduction and Applications. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Module III Wind Energy.Principle of OTEC systemsOcean wave energy conversion systems. Module II Nuclear fusion. Prentice Hall Inc. Geothermal Energy. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 96 . Coobme – “An Introduction to Direct Energy Conversion”.Production.Conventional Energy Sources” 5. Photoelectric conversion – Conceptual Description of photovoltaic effect – Solar cell – Materials and prospects .08.

working with 2D and 3D Graphics .Java IDL and ORBs.Java native interface References: 1. Holzner S. IDG Books 4.606. Java 2.naming and directory services . Naughton Patrick & Herbert Schildt. Jamie Jaworski. Campione M.notable beans . connecting to database .CORBA .JAR files .08.applet classes .Java virtual machine .JSDK .input/output streams .creating animations Java beans development kit .working with remote objects . Addison Wesley 2.using JDBC .writing console applications utility and math packages Module II Swing programming . Addison Wesley 5.RMI and distributed applications . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks programming client and server Programs ..integrating database .Java applet writing basics .using the clipboard . “ The Java Tutorial: Object-Oriented Programming for the Internet”.exceptions and abstract classes .creating window applications .working with Java management APIS Module III Distributed application architecture .applet security .GUI building with canvas .3 OBJECT OREINTED PROGRAMMING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I OOPS and Java basics . Servlets.printing . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. SAMS Teachmedia 3.using audio and video .extended security model . JDBC & Java Beans Programming. Tata McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two into web applications .object serialization and Java spaces .Java servlets . Walrath & Huml Tutorial team. Swings. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Campione.developing beans .Java platform API . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 97 . & Walrath K. “Java 2: The Complete Reference”. “Java 2 Platform Unleashed: The Comprehensive Solution”.working with swing components . “The Java Tutorial Continued: The Rest of the JDK”.

References 1. 2. Description of reactor system – Main components – Control and safety features .Van Nostrand Co University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.606.4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NUCLEAR ENGINEERING Module I Credits : 4 Review of Elementary nuclear physics: Atomic structure – nuclear energy and nuclear forces – Nuclear fission. Classtone & Sesonske. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Radiation safety : Reactor shielding – Radiation dozes – Standards of radiation protection – Nuclear waste disposal. Nuclear reactions and radiations – Principles of radio active decay interactions of an ray with matter – Neutron cross sections and reactions – The fission process – Chain reactions – Basic principles of controlled fusion . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 98 . Nuclear fuels : Metallurgy of Uranium – General principles of solvent extraction – Reprocessing of irradiated fuel – Separation process fuel enrichment . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). coolant – Structural materials – Cladding –Radiation damage. D.08. Nuclear reactor principles – Reactor classification – Critical size – Basic diffusion theory Slowing down of neutrons – Neutrons – Neutron flux and power – Four factor formula – Criticality condition – Basic features of reactor control . Nuclear reactor Engineering –D Van Nostrand Co. Module III Reactor heat removal / equations of heat transfer as applied to reactor cooling – Reactor heat transfer systems – Heat removed in fast reactors . Materials of reactor construction – Fuel . moderator . S Glasstono. Module II Boiling water reactor . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Source book on atomic energy –.

606. Richard Little. Principles of Manufacturing Materials and processing. The Design Handbook. 3. 5. Energy and power requirements in plastic deformation – Factors affecting plastic deformation. types and sizes – Basic principles of draughting schedule design and roll pass design (simple examples ) Roll load and power required in rolling – Problems encountered and defects in rolling practice. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. blanking drawing and bending – Compound and progressive dies – Computation of capacities and tonnage requirements for blanking . Metal Working Technology. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3x20=60) 99 .Need for heat treatments after mechanical working – Heat treatment methods – Furnaces for pre heating and heat treatment MODULE II Materials for mechanical working . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Need for preheating.– Deformation temperature – Rate of deformation – Friction and Lubrication. ASTME. 4. 2. C B Cole . 6. Fundamentals of tool design. Alexander Brower.A brief survey of the characteristics and composition of the common ferrous and non ferrous alloys and non metallic materials used for mechanical working .08. Extrusion and Wire drawing – Principles of product design and die design in forging – Calculation of forging loads and selection of hammers and process for forging – Design of extrusion and wire – drawing dies – Computation of power requirements problems encountered and defects in the above processes .5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MECHANICAL WORKING METHODS Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction : Elements of mechanical processing systems – Definition of mechanical working – Hot and cold working – Comparison with other processing systems . ASTME. References: 1. Cambell. Press working of metals – Description and classification of the processes – Product and die design for shearing . Elastic and plastic behaviour – Yielding and yield stress – Conventional stress – Strain curve and true stress-strain curve – Ductile and brittle behaviour – The flow curve. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Manufacturing properties of Materials.Rolling Metals – Fundamental principles of metal rolling classification of rolled products. Tool Design. MODULE III Forging .piercing and drawing operations – Process selection and selection of process problems and defects in press working .

H.L. Tata McGraw Hill 4.A...propositional calculus . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 100 . Elain Rich & Kevin Knight.languages .search .inference rules representations and inheritance . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.logic programming in LISP .08.nonmonotonic systems .overview of LISP . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).rule-based expert systems .predicate calculus . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Computer Science Press 5.complexity issues .reasoning with uncertain or incomplete information . LISP.pattern matching . Artificial Intelligence.introduction to automated reasoning introduction to machine learning References: 1.recursion interpreters . Nilsson N.issues . & Stubblefield representation .606.streams and delayed evaluation . Ltd. Luger G.knowledge representation problem .search strategies . 3.fuzzy sets .conceptual graphs .structures and strategies for state space search . The Elements of Artificial Intelligence.the blackboard architecture Module II Knowledge intensive problem solving .expert system technology .statistical approach . Artificial Intelligence.model based reasoning .higher order functions and procedural abstractions .planning .expert system shell in LISP .history and applications .structured representation Module III Languages and programming techniques for AI . Harcourt Asia Pte.CLOS Introduction to understanding natural language . Artificial Intelligence .knowledge representation .. Addison Wesley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Winston P.A New Synthesis..J. Tanimotto S.control and implementation of state space search production systems .6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE SYSTEMS Credits : 4 Module I Definition . Addison Wesley based reasoning .heuristic search algorithms heuristics in games .

.calibration and validation of models .components of a system .output analysis for terminating simulations confidence interval estimation for a fixed number of replication . & Nelson B.system simulation . Kelton W.simulation of simple job shop manufacturing systems .data collection . Third Edition.system design and system postulation .7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 SYSTEM MODELLING AND SIMULATION Credits : 4 Module I System concepts . Banks J.confidence intervals with specified precision . Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 5.Input modelling for simulation . Deo N.W.techniques for generating random numbers . Askin R. Module III Measures of performance and their estimation .random variate generation . WCB/McGraw Hill International Editions University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.comparison of simulation and analytical models . Prentice-Hall of India Private Limited 4.issues in simulation of manufacturing systems . Gordon G.. System Simulation with Digital Computer.parameter estimation .steps in a simulation study .system modelling types of models . System Simulation.08. McGraw Hill International Editions 6.identifying the distribution using histograms . Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 2.D.606. Simulation with ARENA..R.. Law A. Simulation Modelling and Analysis.examples of simulation of single server.A.frequency tests .validation of model assumptions and validating input-output transformations . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. & Standridge C..output analysis for a single model .event scheduling/time advance algorithm .discrete and continuous systems .output analysis for steady-state simulations .G.exponential. & Sadowski D. single queue systems and simple inventory systems .types of system study .batch means method.P.tests for random numbers . Discrete-Event System Simulation.inverse transformation method .D.Introduction to simulation software for manufacturing applications salient features of simulation languages such as general purpose simulation system (GPSS) and simulation language for alternative modelling (SLAM) . John Wiley 3.performance measures .S. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).system analysis .face validity .sample size determination for a specified precision . uniform and empirical discrete and empirical continuous distributions .verification of simulation models . Simulation modelling and analysis of manufacturing systems .objectives .. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 101 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each..modelling world views Module II Random number generation .the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test and the Chi-square test .concepts in discrete event system simulation .. Sadowski R.salient features of simulators such as WITNESS and ARENA References: 1.initialization bias replication method .Monte Carlo simulation .types of simulations with respect to output analysis. Carson J.Chi-square goodness of fit test Verification and validation of simulation models .L. & Kelton W. Modelling and Analysis of Manufacturing Systems.

MODULE – III Control system.Sensing element: TypesSensors for motion.08.Primary elements – Secondary elements. Speed. Measurement of flow. Time element.Force balance principles.Inferential methods. Force. Measurements System. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. MODULE – II Measurement of pressure. A. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Bridge circuits. Pribanco.Identification of plat Characteristics.Fleat monometers. Considine.Boiler drum. 4. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 102 .Measuring devices and their ranges.Head flow meters.Electrical type and mechanical type.Fundamental methods.Functions of Instrument. Simple transducer elements.Types of transducers. ** Electrical transformation. Jain.Dynamic response – Analogues circuits stability of control systems. 3.Measuring system for resistance thermometers and Thermocouples.606. Errors in measuring Instruments. Variable parameter Analog type.Flow transducers.Rule of Block diagram algebra.Level indicator.Voltage and current generating Analog type. Frequency and pulse generating transducers.Static and dynamic Measurements. R. O Doeblin.Direct methods.Routh – Hurvitz criterion. Set point.Classification of control system.Nyquist criterion.Ring balance – Impulse line layout.Calibration Low pressure measuring devices.Block diagram. M. Terminology. Error distribution. REFERENCES: 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.8 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE. D. Mechanical and Industrial Measurements.Area flow meters.I Measurement: Aims. 2.Filled system thermometersAmbient temperature compensation. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Transfer functions.K.Specification for transducers.First order proportional and second order proportional elements. Sources of error. Basic fixed point. Application and Design. Industrial Instrumentation. E.Angular motion.Calibration. E.Deformation of elastic members. Process Instrument and Control Hand Book.Measurement systems. Measurement of Temperature.RotameterMeasurements of liquid level.Temperature scales.squire root extraction.

L-T-D: 3-1-0

Credits : 4

MODULE I Importance of Materials Handling- Principles of Materials Handling – Principal groups of Materials handling equipments – General characteristics and applications of materials handling equipments – Modern trends in Materials handling . Lifting equipments – hoist –Components of hoist – Load handling attachments – hooks , grabs and clamps – Grabbing attachments for bulk materials – Wire ropes – and chains – MODULE II Lifting tackle pulleys for gain of force and speed – Tension in drop parts – Drums , shears and sprockets - Arresting gear and brakes – block brakes , band brakes , thrust brakes – Safety and hand cranks .Principle operation of EOT , Gantry and jib cranes – Hoisting Mechanisms , travelling mechanisms , luffing mechanisms – slewing mechanisms – Elevators and lifts . MODULE III Conveying Machines - Belt conveyers – Types , principal components of a conveyor and their purpose – Conveyor belts – tractive elements – take up devices – Special types of belt conveyors - Metal belt conveyors – Apron conveyors – Elevators , Passenger conveyors – Flight conveyors , Principal types and applications – Bucket flight conveyors – Cradle conveyors – Conveyor elevators .Overhead Conveyors – Principal types and applications – Overhead pusher conveyor – Overhead load towing truck conveyors – Load carrying car conveyors – Load towing and walking beam conveyors – Bucket elevators – Cradle conveyors – Screw conveyors - Oscillating conveyors – Roller conveyors – Hydraulic and pneumatic conveyors – Chutes – bins. REFERENCES 1. Rudanko, Material Handling Equipments. 2. Alexandr V ,Material Handling Equipment. 3. A. Spivakvsky and V. Dyachkov , Conveying Machines University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


Credits : 4 MODULE I Tractors – Design and Operating principles of Engine transmission and control systems – Working details of different types of attachment in the tractor –Tillage – Soil structure – Moisture – Temperature and aeration – Destruction of weeds and posts – Types of tractor plough – Life Mechanisms. Pumps and Spraying machinery – Types of pumps and their selection – Installation and working details – Regulating arrangements spraying machinery Spray pumps – Nozzles – Vibrated broom distribution – Spray materials – Types of field crop sprayers – Aircraft spraying – Dusting machines . MODULE II Earth moving equipments – Drainage Excavators – Ditching equipments – trench cutting machines – Bull dozers – Angle dozers – Earth scooper – graders – tractor winches – Road sweepers – Slurry scrappers .Working details of machinery like : Cultivators – harro weeding equipments – land levellers – seed drills – grass seed drills – Ridgers – Gapping or thinning machines – Manure distributors – Speeders – Lawn movers – Rotary grass cutters – Hay leaders - Silage and silage machinery – Winnowers - Combined clearing and grading machinery. MODULE III Machinery for milk production – Essentials of milking machines – Types of milking plane – Bucket , direct to churn milking parlours – Bulk handing milking bails – Milk cooling and serialisation – Cream separators .Testing of Machinery – H.P. Developed – other performance tests and testing equipments – wear testing , life testing – Tractor draw bar performance curves – Characterises curves for pumps – Maintenance Engineering – Servicing – check up – sparo parts – stand by sparo parts requirements – Service workshop – Organisation and management – Labour and Machinery required References: 1. Rodichev and G.Rodicheva, "Tractor and Automobiles ", MIR Publishers, 1987. 2. Kolchin.A., and V.Demidov "Design of Automotive engines for tractor ", MIR Publishers, 1972. 3. A. Guruvech and B. Sorekin- Tractors, MI1R Publishers Moscow, 1975 4. Geleman and M. Maskovin- Farm tractors, MIR. Publishers, Moscow, 1975 5. Smith , Harris Pearson & Wilkes, Lambert Henry- Farm machinery and equipment, TATA McGraw Hill Publications, 1977 6. Herbert Nicholos- Moving the earth. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0


L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4

Module 1 Introduction to the concept of quality - Small ‘q’ & Big ‘Q’- Total quality model – internal and external customer -TQM axioms Quality management philosophies: Major contributions of Deming, Juran and Crossby to quality management- Juran Trilogy, PDCA Cycle, 5S, Kaizen – Cost of quality- quality and cost-Characteristics of quality cost - Barriers to TQM Implementation. Module II TQM Principles-Customer satisfaction – Customer Perception of Quality, Customer Complaints, Service Quality, Customer Retention, Employee Involvement – Motivation. Quality planning: SWOT analysis-Strategic planning-strategic grid-organizational culture. Customer orientation: Customer focus-customer satisfaction model-customer retention model-Quality Function Deployment Module III Problem solving process: Steps involved in problem solving-Quality control tools: Brain storming-Histograms-Check sheets- Pareto diagram-Ishikawa diagram-Control chartsScatter diagram- Introduction to seven new management tools. Continuous improvement strategies: Deming wheel- Zero defect concept- Six sigma approach – application of six sigma approach to various industrial situations. Quality circles- Benchmarking- Quality standards – Need of standardization - ISO 9000 series – ISO 14000 series – Other contemporary standards. REFERENCES 1. Dale H.Besterfiled, et al., “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education, Inc. 2003. (Indian reprint 2004). ISBN 81-297-0260-6. 2 L .Suganthi and Anand A Samuel :Tatal Quality Management, Prentice Hall of India New Delhi. 3. K Sridhara Bhat :Total Quality Management , Text and cases. Himalaya Publishing House. 4. James R.Evans & William M.Lidsay, “The Management and Control of Quality”, (5th Edition), South-Western (Thomson Learning), 2002 (ISBN 0-324-06680-5). 5. Feigenbaum.A.V. “Total Quality Management”, McGraw-Hill, 1991. 6. Oakland.J.S. “Total Quality Management”, Butterworth Hcinemann Ltd., Oxford, 1989. 7. Narayana V. and Sreenivasan, N.S. “Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks”, New Age International 1996. 8. Zeiri. “Total Quality Management for Engineers”, Wood Head Publishers, 1991 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


micro dynamometer . “Understanding Smart Sensors”. Oxford University Press. Murthy. 2. Oxford University Press.08.cooling channels .606. Boston. Processing of materials-electron beam machining-iron beam machining-micro forming. 1996. 3. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 106 . Module III Micro manufacturing process: Micro machining-photo resist process-lithography-optical. diamond turning-micro positioning devices. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Randy Frank. 1996. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. materials and micro actuators: Smart Structures-smart sensors-micro valves-MEMS .micro nozzles.micro machines – structures . Dimensioning accuracy and surface finish: Definition of terms – dimensional chains – dimensional stepped shaft-assigning tolerances in the constituent dimensions-dimensional chains – concepts of precision machining-finish turning-boring-grinding. Stephen A. Norio Tanigughi.displacement accuracy-errors due to numerical interpolation-definition of accuracy of NC system-errors in the NC machines-feed stiffness-zero stability.Campbell.micro optics . 1996. 4. “Precision Engineering in Manufacturing”.. Artech House.L. REFERENCES: 1. “Nano Technology”.12 PRECISION ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Concept of accuracy and of machine tools: Part accuracy–errors. Smart structures. “The Science and Engineering of Micro electronic Fabrication”.micro pumps .R.micro motors . New Age International (P) Ltd. accuracy of machine toolsspindle accuracy. Module II Static stiffness and its influence and inaccuracy due to thermal effects in the machine tools: Overall stiffness of a lathe-compliance of work piece-errors caused by cutting forces deformation in turning-boring-milling-heat sources-thermal effects-rate of thermal expansion. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.

Third Edition.plaster mold and ceramic mold casting – vacuum casting – Evaporative pattern casting. 5. Module III Manufacturing processes for MEMS: Introduction to MEMS – semiconductors and silicon – crystal growing and wafer preparation –Films and film deposition – Oxidation. 4.Sintering – hot pressing –Isostatic pressing – hot and cold (HIP and CIP). 1995. U.606. Module II Manufacturing processes for plastics: Extrusion. Jaeger R. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) Credits : 4 107 . Addision-Wesley. Powder metallurgy processes: Methods of Powder production – Blending of metal powdersCompaction of metal powders.Single crystal silicon reactive etching (SCREAM) .C. 1987. 6... Brahem.Lithographydiffusion and Ion implementation – Etching . 3. REFERENCES 1. ceramic moulds – spray deposition . vacuum bag – contact – resin transfer – transfer / injection. 1988. “Advanced machining”.wet etching – dry etching – wire bonding and packaging – printed circuit boards – Micro machining – Bulk micro machining – surface micro machining.F. squeeze casting and semisolid metal forming-Rapid solidification for Amorphous alloys. Injection. ASM Int.silicon micro machining by single step plasma etching (SIMPLE) – Etching combined with fusion bonding – LIGA micro fabrication process – Solid free form fabrication. Amstead B.13 ADVANCED MANUFACTURING PROCESSES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Advances in casting: Newer casting processes .K. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Fourth edition. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Blow and rotational moulding of plastics-Thermoforming-Compression moulding – Transfer moulding – Foam moulding Processing of reinforced plastics and composite –Moulding – compression.A. “Manufacturing Processes” John Wileys Sons.08. OHIO. Serope Kalpakjian. 2003 2. Pearson Education. Ostwald Phylips and Bageman.. “Introduction to microelectronic Fabrication”..Smith. Steven R. Rapid prototyping and rapid tooling: Introduction – Stereo lithography – Fused deposition moulding – selective laser machining – Laminated object manufacturing – solid base curing – Direct manufacturing and rapid tooling. E. “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”. ceramic shell investment casting.AddisonWesley Publication Co.H. Muccic. Filament winding. Schemid. Materials park.1989. pressureless compaction. 1994.L.T. selective laser Sintering – Other shaping processes – Metal Injection moulding..S.Finishing of sintered parts..R. slush casting. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. “Plastic Processing Technology”. I. Serope Kalpakjian.. “Manufacturing processes for Engineering Materials”.

publishers addition . Elements of X-Ray diffraction :B. J. Beanland .J. interaction of electrons with matter. References: 1.1970 2. quantitative analysis using optical microscopy (inclusion analysis. indexing of selected area diffraction patterns. Scattering of an electron by an atom. Stress measurement. resolving power. reciprocal lattice and Ewald sphere construction.14 MATERIAL CHARACTERISATION L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Scope of metallographic studies in materials science. depth of field and depth of focus. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Understanding image formation. Particle size determination Module III Construction and working principles of transmission electron microscopes.Wesley publishing company. Bright field and dark field images. Image formation. depth of focus.) Module II Production and properties of X-rays. magnification. by a unit cell. magnification. Stereographic projection.Publishers :Sir Isac pitman and Sons LTD .B Williams and C. 3. Selected area diffraction. Scanning electron microscopy: construction. X-ray diffraction.D Cullity . Publishers :Taylor and francis.08. elementary treatment of image contrast. Chemical analysis by X-rays. resolution of a microscope. sample preparation.Planum press Newyork 1996.C . resolution and magnification. 2001 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). sample preparation techniques. principles of phase contrast. Effect of texture. numerical aperture.Humphreys and R.Goodhew. Optical microscopy of metals : R.Barry carter . micro and macro strain on diffraction lines. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 108 . Bright field and dark field contrast. Wavelength Dispersive Spectroscopy. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Optical microscopy. Important lens defects and their correction. modes of operation. Energy Dispersive Spectroscopy. grain size determination volume fraction of phases etc. Electron microscopy and analysis: P. 4. Indexing of powder photographs. Gifkins. image formation. particle size. Bragg’s law of diffraction. structure factor and intensity calculations. interference and polarized light microscopy. Transmission electron microscopy –D.606.

2. 2006. Module II Micro-fabrication: Bulk processes – surface processes – sacrificial processes and Bonding processes – special machining: Laser beam micro machining-Electrical Discharge Machining – Ultrasonic Machining.Ultraprecision grinding. micromilling. 2004. Material properties. CRC Press. UK. sensing methods. Module III Precision Grinding-Partial ductile mode grinding. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).08.Bulk Micro Machining-LIGA – Microsystems packaging. McGraw Hill. John Wiley and sons Ltd. 2006. Micromechanics: Microstructure of materials. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 109 . micro fabrication Technologies. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.606. Mark J. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. “Introduction to Micro Fabrication”. “Micro fabrication and Nanomanufacturing”. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. ferroelectric. 3. 5. its connection to molecular structure and its consequences on macroscopic properties – Phase transformations in crystalline solids including marten site. Micro electro mechanical system fabrication: Introduction – Advance in Micro electronics – characteristics and Principles of MEMS – Design and application of MEMS: Automobile. Mechanical micromachining: Theory of micromachining-Chip formation-size effect in micromachining-microturning. industrial properties etc. Jackson. “The MEMS Handbook”.Electro chemical Machining. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak. Madore J. Sámi Franssila.15 MICROMACHINING METHODS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Micro System design. twinning and domain patterns. Structural behavior.. Aerospace. “Microchip fabrication”. 2004.Materials for MEMS – MEMS fabrication. healthcare. CRC Press. Peter Van Zant.. and diffusional phase transformations. CRC Press. 4. . micro scale transport – feed back systems. defence. “fundamental of Micro fabrication”.Binderless wheel – Free form optics.Micromachining tool design. Electron beam machining. smart materials. Clean roomyield model – Wafer IC manufacturing – PSM – IC industry-New Materials-Bonding and layer transfer-devices. microdrilling. REFERENCES: 1. 2002.Future of MEMS.

References: 1. Fundamentals of Fixture Design. Design considerations .08. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. locators . Types of dies . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Load variation during blanking – Reduction of cutting load stock step . Types of locators clamping . coining . Fine blanking . Fixture for lathe operations. Edward G. metal flow during drawing operations . forming . Blanking and piercing tools . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 4. striper . compound die . flexible fixtures . advantages – sheet metal bending –Bending dies .TMH 2.Koraskove Mir. Tool Design. forming dies – Embossing . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Jig and Fixture Design Hand Book.16 TOOL ENGINEERING (MU) L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Jigs and fixtures – Necessity for jigs and fixtures – Elements of fixtures . progressive die .. V. 3. strap layout . William and Boyes. modular fixtures . Cysil Donaldson. bush specifications.Hoffman. MODULE II Press work tools . Work holding devices different types – Design of drill jigs . simple die . knecleant plates . fixtures for CNC machines .606. MODULE III CAD for tooling :-Turret press FMS – Computer applications (CAD /CAM) in short metal press work – Quick die change method – Single minute exchange of dies – group tooling – Design of single point tools – Plastic as a tooling materials – Fluidised bed fixturing. Fundamentals of tool design. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 110 . milling fixtures. press cycle .

FR. The role of endurance and durability studies in the manufacturing of vehicles. interlocking.T.Part I and Part H C.Duffy – Motor Auto body repair. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I Modern materials for vehicle design: Introduction. in-floor systems.Body Engineering 5. Compliance testing. Quick and dirty mock ups. Porto power. Peters. safety factors. unitized frame and body construction. & MR body structure details MODULE-II Ergonomics method and tool to promote occupant accommodation: standards guidelines and recommendations.R. typical layout of bus and coach bodies.606. Hutchinson 4. operation of dozers.P.Auto care manual 6.I. George A Peters & Barbara J. Robert Scharff & James. structural analysis by simple structural surface method. Competitive race testing. FF. Crash worthiness. Paul Browne. Failure and reliability.17 VEHICLE BODY ENGINEERING L-T. 2-dimentional manikins.E. passenger car body styles. Pauloski. importance of avoiding failures MODULE-III Introduction to vehicle safety: Basic concept of vehicle safety-underlying principles. Material selection for automotive components. Delmar Publishers 3. general repair techniques. Redesign of bus bodies. determining the conditions of the collision. Body alignment.. body bay systems (flexi-force). Structure and manufacturing technology of automotive materials. the dozer technique. Painting: Corrosion and anticorrosion method .Vehicle Body Engineering 2. repairing rust damage.D. package drawing. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Anthropometry.straightening equipment. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 111 . Body design: coach and bus body styles. Component testing. Chassis design and analysis: chasis type. shielding. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. warning and instructions. typical layout of commercial vehicle types. Pune 7.Automotive vehicle safety-SAE 2002 8. body frame construction. Page.Paint and painting process Diagnosing major collision damage: impact and its effect on a vehicle. J. Fairbrother – Principles and practice of Vehicle body repair. :Introduction. Testing and failure prediction. operation of conventional Porto power. Mechanical and physical properties of automotive materials. Crash testing: Human testing. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. chainless anchoring systems References: 1. vehicle seating configuration(based on SAE).08. S. Minor auto body repairs: types of body fillers and its application. Julian happian-smith An introduction to modern vehicle design-SAE 2004 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.

Standard noise measurement methods. 3-1-0 112 . wheel alignment testing. hill climbing. test tracks. wind tunnel testing. mechanism of corrosion. noise control methods.Automotive technology – Khanna publishers. N. tyre and road condition and traffic condition and driving habits on fuel economy. road testing. eddy current etc.Orsat apparatus. maximum speed and acceleration. Julian Happian-Smith – An introduction to vehicle design – SAE.820371 and 820375 5. brake testers. W.technical paper OTA-ETI-638. Crouse and L. PDI. CAFÉ standards. Noise inside and outside the vehicle. smoke meter. intensive driving. fundamentals of acoustics.K. infrared gas analyzers. Initial free services. Engine testing on dynamometers.hydraulic. Dr. J.. London.side slip testers. automotive noise criteria. Measurement of BHP.II Noise vibration and Harshness: Review of vibration fundamentals. Wildlife Publications. handling and ride characteristics. SAE Transaction papers. Giles. exhaust gas analyzers various types. performance. effect of vehicle condition. emission and fuel economy. vehicle testing lanes . engine analyzers.831814. MODULE-III Vehicle performance: Methods for evaluating vehicle performance. transmission noises. Operation of full load and part conditions. wind noises. IHP. Road and track testing: Initial inspection. Vehicle testing on chassis dynamometers: two wheel & four wheel dynamometers.Giri. 1969 2.08. References: 1.for petrol and diesel engines. 1978 3. human response to sound. 1995 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.18 VEHICLE PERFORMANCE AND TESTING Credits 4 MODULE-I Laboratory testing: Basic engine parameters. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T. Anglin. MODULE. 2009 4. combustion noise. brake squeal. different types of dynamometers. H. wheel balancing. brake testing on the road. vibration control. McGraw Hill Book Co. safety. Advanced automotive technology – visions of a super efficient family car.Vehicle operation and performance.D.Motor vehicle inspection. noise from auxiliaries. sources of vehicle noiseintake and exhaust noise. mechanical noise. G. structure consumption in conventional automobiles. FIP calibrating and testing. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 2004 6. engine running in and durability.606. head light alignment testing. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. three chamber corrosion testing.

polymerisation. Gaseous fuels: LPG as an IC engine fuel. non. volatility of liquid fuels. smooth and efficient burning – volatility. products of refining process. biogas. cetane number. knock rating of SI engine fuels. Mathur & Sharma – IC engines. ignition quality. petroleum refining process-thermal cracking. Brennan.volumetric and gravimetric analysis. 3-1-0 AUTOMOTIVE FUELS & ALTERNATE FUELS Credits 4 Module-I Introduction: Physical. reforming & blending. octane number and octane number requirement. Module-III Alternate fuels: Alcohols for SI engines. References: 1. performance properties of engines with biodiesel. Garrett: Automotive fuels system. Isomerisation. fuel additives. Keeith Owen & Trevor Colley . manufacture of ethanol. SAE 7. effect of volatility on engine performance-ASTM distillation curve. Dhanpatrai publications 2. Bechtold. Indian standard for gasoline. alcohol gasoline fuel blends-gasohol.manufacture of methanol. Indian specification for biodiesel.08. 1991 4. David Powell and Richard P.petroleum fuels.Automobile technology. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.The Automobile technology and society Printice Hall.606. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). diesel blends.D. natural gas – CNG and LNG.N Vezgirigiu. engine modifications to run on gaseous fuels. winter and summer gasoline. structure of petroleum. producer gas.K. T. advantages of gaseous fuels. vegetable oils as diesel fuels. alkylation. Dr. comparison of properties of alcohols and gasoline as SI engine fuels. 5. Fuels for SI engines: Requirements of an Ideal gasoline. khanna publications 3. numerical examples. diesel index. chemical & combustion properties of IC engine fuels. dual fuel and multi fuel application.N. gasoline blends.Alternate fuels guide book.Alternative energy sources University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. K. Energy research group. air requirement. Richard L.Alternate liquid fuels Willey Eastern Ltd 8. cleanliness.19 L-T. Warrendale. Module-II Diesel engine fuels: Requirements for diesel fuel. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 113 . engine performance with pure alcohols. a/f ratio.Giri.Automotive Fuels reference book. handling & storage-properties of diesel. SAE 6. straight vegetable oils and biodiesels. catalytic cracking. sensitivity & performance number.E85 Alternate fuels for Diesel engines: Alcohols as diesel fuels. SAE INC. T. Indian standard for diesel.

NURBS etc. Cohen-Sutherland outcode algorithm. Computer Graphics and 3D Modelling for engineers. Clipping. Projections . McGraw Hill International Editions. Graphic primitives. Pauline Baker : Computer Graphics. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 114 . Module – III Mathematical formulations on: Plane curves – Non parametric curves – space curves – Representation of space curves – cubic spline – Bezier curves .Surface of revolution – Sweep surfaces. Z-Buffer algorithm . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Second Edition. Clipping of polygons. B. Colour graphic display techniques. Polygons.1 COMPUTER GRAPHICS L-T-D: 3-1-0 ` Credits : 4 Module – I Introduction to computer Graphics. Vera B Anand.Perspective geometry – Orthographic and Oblique projections – perspective transformations. Viewing transformations. Rogers & J.H Adams : Mathematical Elements of Computer Graphics . 4.706. Description of graphic devices . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Solid modeling techniques etc.Spline curves .. Donald Hearn & M.ELECTIVE III 08. Second Edition. Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd 3. McGraw Hill International Editions. Fractals. Scan Line algorithm for curved surfaces.Graphic standards. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. quadric surfaces. 2. Polygon filling Module – II Transformation: Simple problems on 3D transformations and applications. SutherlandHodgman Algorithm. Computer Graphics.Circle generation algorithms – text generation. Hidden line and hidden surfaces . David F. Mathematical formulation on Surface description and generation. 2nd Edition. Windowing. Steven Harrington. References : 1.

variance . Expected value . Thermophysics.2 ADVANCED THERMODYNAMICS Credits : 4 MODULE I Review of the fundamentals of classical thermodynamics – Multi phase and multi component systems – Free energy functions – Applications of free energy functions to phase changes – Clausius – Clayperon equations – Binary systems containing liquid and solid phases. 3. Warren Giodt .P. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. heat of formation . Thermostatics and Thermodynamics. Evaluation of distribution – Constants – Principle of equipartition of energy – Degree of freedom – Viscosity . Boltzmann law and velocity distribution – Maxwell’s distribution functions . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Myron Tribus. J. Lay. 4. Thermodynamics. REFERENCES 1. Thermodynamics of reactive mixtures – Bond energy . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Thermodynamics 6.08. Van Wylon. 2. heat of reaction – Adiabatic flame temperature entropy changes for reacting mixtures – Chemical equilibrium – Equilibrium criteria – Evaluation of equilibrium constants and equilibrium composition – Simple numerical solutions . Thermodynamics. 5. MODULE III Bose – Einstein Fermi – Direct and Maxwell – Boltzmann statistics – Partition function and its relation to microscopic properties of an ideal gas – Translational . MODULE II Statistical thermodynamics – Fundamentals of statistical inference – Probability and frequency stirling’s approximation . Thermodynamics.Holman. elements of quantum statistics and quantum mechanics – The Schrodingar waves equation – Heisenburg uncertainty principle – Phase space – Quantum energy states . Kennath Wark. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Specific heat and thermal conductivity . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 115 . Mean free path of molecules – Distribution of mean free path – Maxwell .706. rotational and vibrational partition functions – Thermodynamic probability and entropy thermodynamic properties of perfect diatomic gases.

Mc. droplet growth – Film condensation on a vertical flat plate .N. REFERENCES 1. nucleation of drops at solid surfaces.13 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. low density heat transfer and ablation . Elementary concepts of : Heat transfer in magneto fluid dynamic ( Transpiration cooling . Mc Graw Hill Book Co. Engineering Calculations in relative heat transfer. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). J.Holman. Plane wall with heat sources. cylinder with heat sources.Convective Boiling and Condensation.706. Transient and periodic conduction (Onedimensional). Simple analytical methods. The two phase forced convection and nucleate boiling regions.P. forced convection boiling curve saturated forced convective boiling in a round tube. small particles. John G Gollier .3 INDUSTRIAL HEAT TRANSFER Credits : 4 MODULE I One-dimensional steady state heat conduction with uniform internal heat generation. Lumped heat capacity system.Graw Hill 3. gases in combustion products – Effect of an absorbing medium on the radiative heat transfer within an enclosures – Exchange areas for absorbing media. different hydrodynamic boundary layer flow regimes and flat plates – Laminar boundary layer on a flat plate – Momentum equation of the laminar boundary layer with constant properties – Internal Momentum analysis of laminar boundary layer . Flat plate heat transfer – Conduction by integral methods (Simultaneous development of hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer only) MODULE II Emission and absorption of radiation by an absorbing medium. Heat transfer.Grey A.) (Description only). Use of Heisler charts. Critical heat flow in forced convective flow –Elementary concepts.Hepking Vol . Determination of mean beam length – Particles in combustion products – Large particles.08. Furnaces – Furnace geometry – Variation of temperature with time – Variation of temperature within the furnace – Representation of real gases – Heat transfer between real surfaces MODULE III Boiling heat transfer. General editor : D. .Drop wise condensation. Principles of Convection – Viscous flow .Miller. 2. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 116 .Nusselt equation for a laminar film – Improvements to the original Nusselt theory – The influence of turbulence – Condensation of horizontal tubes – Condensation within a vertical tube . The basic processes of condensation – Liquid formation.International series on material science and technology . Energy Equations – Significance of Prandtl Number . W.

G. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Module II Reliability – Analysis and Concepts – Chance failure and wearout failure – Application of stochastic model for reliability studies – Reliability of series .706. accident prevention programme .08.Mc Graw Hill Pub. Modern maintenance Management. preventive. predictive and proactive maintenance). Reliability Hand Book . 2.Mill Pub. Co. 4.Causes of deterioration and obsolescence – Sudden and gradual obsolescence. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). scheduled.Maynard . scheduling and controlling of maintenance work – organisation for maintenance. – Deterioration and failure analysis – planning . Plant Engineer’s Hand Book . Recent Developments in maintenance methods-RCM. Mc Graw Hill. fire protection-industrial noise-Legislations on safety in industry . Deterioration – MAPI method –simple problems . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 117 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.4 PLANT ENGINEERING &MAINTENANCE Credits : 4 Module I Wear –fundamentals and analysis – Classification – Theories of wear – Analytical treatment of wear . gas and liquids on wear – Effect of temperature – Fatigue. Safety engineering.W. parallel and stand –by systems – Estimation of parameters for failure distributions – Maintainability -availability. Replacement – Analysis of different models . fluid and semi fluid – Synthetic – General properties and applications – Tests and classifications – Additives-Testing of lubricants. REFERENCES 1. Miller and Blood. D B Tarapur. Co. 3.selection of lubricants-lubricating mechanisms. Industrial Engineering Hand Book . Lubricants – Solid .Irason. Wear prevention methods.CBM –DMS – TPM etc. Module III Maintenance – types (corrective.Effect of moisture . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. safety design concepts.

sub critical crack growth . McGraw Hill Book Company 4.cracks approaching holes .H.standard JIc test and COD test Module III Fatigue crack growth: Description of fatigue crack growth using stress intensity factor effects of stress ratio and crack tip plasticity .applications in pressure vessels .determination of Rcurves . Broek D.crack closure .. Edward Arnold Edition 2.relations for practical use determination of SIF from compliance .superposition of stress intensity factors (SIF) . & Wanhill R.shape of plastic zone .5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FRACTURE MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Significance of fracture mechanics .J.Irwin’s modification to the Griffith theory .expressions for stresses and strains in the crack tip region .fracture toughness of weldments . Kåre Hellan.Dugdale approach .prediction of fatigue crack growth under constant amplitude and variable amplitude loading .corner cracks at holes . II & III mixed mode problems Linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM): Elastic stress field approach .experimental problems .effects of yield strength and specimen thickness on fracture toughness .finite specimen width .relation between J and COD tearing modulus concept .service failure analysis .slow stable crack growth and R-curve concept description of crack resistance LEFM testing: Plane strain and plane stress fracture toughness testing .crack opening displacement (COD) approach .J-integral . Ewalds H.state of stress in the crack tip region . single edge notched plate.fracture toughness .COD design curve . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.influence of material behaviour .08. Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics. Wheeler Publishing University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.method of predicting failure of a structural component .practical use of fracture toughness and R-curve data Elastic plastic fracture mechanics (EPFM): Development of EPFM . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 118 . Sijthoff & Noordhoff International Publishers 3.crack tip plasticity .mode I elastic stress field equations . Elements of Fracture Mechanics. Fracture Mechanics.modes I.crack growth rate testing ..L.influence of stress state on fracture behaviour Module II Energy balance approach: Griffith energy balance approach .pipelines and stiffened sheet structures References: 1.SIF solutions for well known problems such as centre cracked plate. Prashant Kumar.fatigue crack growth from notches .practical significance of sustained load fracture testing Practical problems: Through cracks emanating from holes . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.706.Griffith energy balance approach .stress intensity approach . Introduction to Fracture Mechanics. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). and embedded elliptical cracks Crack tip plasticity: Irwin plastic zone size .the short crack problem Sustained load fracture: Time-to-failure (TTF) tests .

Marketing research ..J.S.promotion mix evaluation . New Age International (P) Limited Publishers 6.selecting the communication channels . Developing. Text.. New trends in marketing. & Namkumari S. testing and launching of new products.product life cycle marketing strategies for different stages of product life cycle Module III Marketing communication . Implementation and Control..Boston consultancy group model . mix marketing mix variables.targeting and product positioning. Marketing Management: Planning. Kotler mix variables . Ramaswamy V.Brand management . Module II Market segmentation and market targeting . Prentice Hall of India University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Marketing Research. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.research objectives.factors directed by marketing uncontrollable factors .consumer behaviour . Fundamentals of Marketing. and findings . Implementation and Control.demography.identification of target audience ... Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MARKETING MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to marketing . Prentice Hall of India Private Limited 2. Applications and Case Studies.factors influencing consumer behaviour .significance of branding to consumers and firms References: 1. economic conditions.sales promotion tools.J.advertising and sales promotion . Macmillan India Limited 3. collecting information. Marketing Research. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 119 .perceived risks . & Walker B.determination of communication objectives . T N Chabra and S K Grover : Marketing management. Robert.706. Stanton planning process . Marketing Management: Analysis.J. Etzel M.introduction to segmentation . analysis.steps in developing effective communication . 4. Majumdar R. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). (Pvt) Ltd. competition.08.concept of market and marketing . social and Marketing planning .designing the message . developing research plan.need and scope .marketing research process . McGraw Hill International Edition environment controllable factors .factors in advertising . Dhanapat Rai and Co.factors directed by top management .

time management . Prayag Metha & Nadakarni M. Selections. Technology acquisition for small units . McGraw Hill International 2.08. Rao T.forms of organizations for small scale units .7 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Entrepreneurial perspectives . McGraw Hill International 7. Pandey G. Rao C. Tata McGraw Hill 6.creativity and innovation structure of the enterprise . Developing Entrepreneurship A Hand Book. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 120 . McGraw Hill 3.understanding of entrepreneurship process . Finance for Small Scale Industries 9. EDII 8. Patel J..V. Process and strategies for starting a venture . Vikas Publishing University Examination Question Paper consists of two survey and market assessment . Donald Kurado & Richard M Hodgelts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.venture capital and other equity assistance available . Essentials of Management.S.R..formalities to be completed for setting up a small scale unit .. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).P.W. Learning Systems 4. Hirich R. Dr Patel V. A Manual on Business Opportunity Identification. Timmons J.characteristics of entrepreneur .managerial functions for enterprise Module II Process of business opportunity identification and evaluation .entrepreneurship and economic development .achievement motivation .V. & Peters Irwin M. implementation and growth. Noid S...entrepreneurial competencies . Seven Business Crisis.entrepreneurial decision process .assessment of risk in the industry. Deshpande of feasibility and viability of a project .B.706.break even analysis and economic ratios technology transfer and business incubation References: 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Entrepreneurship A Contemporary Approach..planning. Harold Koontz & Heinz Weihrich. New Venture Creation-Entrepreneurship for 21st Century.environment ..D..A.industrial policy . The Dryden Press 5.G. Entrepreneurship. A Complete Guide to Successful Entrepreneurship.stages of small business growth Module III Entrepreneurship in international environment ..financing of project and working capital .S..project report preparation .

MODULE III Industrial hydraulic circuits . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Fluid power pumps and motors – Types of pumps – Characteristics – Hydraulic cylinders and rams – Fluid power pumping systems and components.706. MODULE II Pressure accumulators – Functions – Fluid reservoirs – Filter in hydraulic circuits. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Circuit design for – shaper.8 INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS L-T-D: 3-1-0 MODULE I Credits : 4 Introduction to fluid power – Hydraulics and Pneumatics systems – Fluid power systems – Fundamentals of fluid mechanics – Measurement of physical parameters – Hydraulic symbols . Industrial Hydraulics. REFERENCES 1. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. John pippon and Tylor Hicks. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 121 . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Loading and replacement of filter elements – Materials for filters. material-handling equipments processes -Miscellaneous circuits. grinder. Fluid temperature control – Fluid pressure control –control valves – Sequence valve – Counterbalance valve-unloading valve – Friction control valve – Servo systems.08.

historical background. beams and beams on elastic supports. load vector.08. Finite Element Analysis: Theory and Programming. plane strain and axi-symmetric approximation. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. C. 2.penalty and elimination approach. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element dimensional heat conduction through composite walls and fins. Discretization. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. properties of stiffness matrices. Principle of minimum potential energy. applications. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Numerical Integration using Gauss quadrature.types of elements. Finite element formulation of plane trusses. Solution of Algebraic equations.Rao. Finite element modeling . References:1. Pearson. Dynamic problemsHamilton’s principle. Reddy. Belagundu. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering. R. O. Butterworth-Heinemann.Area coordinates. Wiley. Introduction to the Finite Element Method.9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction. Tirupathy.N. Mass matrices. potential equations. Module-II One dimensional elasticity problems .706.discretisation of domain into elements . Shape functions . The Finite Element Method in Engineering. plane stress. Galerkin method. Module-III Finite element formulation of 2D problems using constant strain triangle element and isoparametric quadrilateral element.Taylor. lumped and consistent formulations. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.derivation of elements equations .assembly of element equations transformation matrices . imposition of Boundary conditions . multi-point constraints. stress-strain relationship. Global. Theory of elasticity . Axi-symmetric solids subjected to axi-symmetric loading. 3. Rayleigh-Ritz method. strain-displacement relationship. S. 6. McGraw Hill. Chandrapatla & Ashok D. 4.types and properties. R. Iso parametric formulation. Tata McGraw Hill. Cook. finite element softwares.generalised coordinates approach .S. Local and Natural coordinates in 1. D.C Zienkieviz & R. Mesh generation and numbering. advantages. Scalar field problems . Largrangean and Serendipity elements. Krishnamoorthy. 2 and 3 dimensions .stress and equilibrium. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 122 . Butterworth-heinemann 5. Discrete and Continuous systems. Temperature effects.L. Potential energy and equilibrium. Finite element Methods.S. Banded and skyline solutions. J. Features of 3D problems in stress analysis.

slip lines . Plasticity for Structural Engineers. McGraw Hill.stability postulates . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).B.yield surface . bending and stretch forming Module III Slip line field theory .plastic flow .plastic potential theory .F. Mechanical Metallurgy.experimental investigations of the yield criteria . 3.strip load on semi-infinite body lower and upper bound theorems with proofs and applications References: 1.706.Levy-Mises stress strain relations .wires .compression of block between parallel plates .simple models of material behavior . deep drawing Classification of rolling processes . Oscar Hoffman & George Sachs. & Han D.analysis of the processes of drawing and extrusion of wire and strip through friction less dies and dies with friction . Chen W.yield criterion of metals .stress space .simple slip line field analysis in extrusion . Plasticity for Mechanical Engineers.subsequent yield surfaces . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Prandtl-Reuss stress strain relations . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.tubes.experimental verification .analysis .process classification .. Classification of forging process . Introduction to Theory of Plasticity for Engineers.10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 METAL FORMING Credits : 4 Module I Basic laws and theories of plasticity .representation of the criteria in stress space .temperature and strain rate effects in plastic flow Module II Processes .temperature effects . 4.Tresca criterion .equilibrium equations referred to slip lines .analysis of forging process in conditions of plane stain .Henkeys theorem die forging . Johnson W..closed die forging .E.drawing and extrusion . & Mellor P. Springer Verlag University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.cold rolling .lubrication . shearing..isotropic and kinematic hardening .Von-Mises yield criterion .forging allowances and tolerances . McGraw Hill 2. D Van Nostrand Co Ltd.residual stresses in rods . Dieter G.production of seamless pipe and tubes .sheet metal forming.maximum work hypothesis .hot rolling . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 123 .basic considerations of plasticity theory .J.incompressible two-dimensional flow .hodographs . blanking.plastic work .rolling of bars and shapes analysis of rolling process in conditions of plane strain.

4 – N. clutches. Machine tools design course – Central Machine tool Institute 6. slides . rigidity of machine tools structures – Sources.Sen and Bhattacharya 4.Town 5.C. MODULE III Erection and testing of machine tools – Location and layout – Foundations vibration – Isolation – Erection process – Principles of acceptance tests – Measuring equipments and methods – Direction of tolerances – Maintenance of machine tools – Test charts for different machines . bearings. Design aspects – Kinematic principles in machine tools with respect to the basic elements and their design – tool .2. S. Design principles of metal cutting machine tools – Koenisberger 3. Principles of Machine tools – G.3. Machine tools design Volume 1.K.Basu. Transmission systems used in machine tools and their various elements – A few common hydraulic circuits used the effect movement of tools slide and work tables.Graw. spindles .Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. The Design and Construction of Machine tools – M.08. Tool Engineer Hand Book – Mc. Hydraulic and combination systems . Design of Machine tools. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 124 . Trends in the design of modern machine tools – Aims and future development . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. REFERENCES 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. effects and elimination of vibration – Machine tools drives and their kinematics – Electrical. 2. Miscellaneous – Copying devices – Automates of various kinds feasibility determination for automation – Automatics and assembly line layout – unit heads and transfer machines Vibration isolated tool holders – Friction and lubrication in machine tools . MODULE II Hydraulic power . Allied pub.Design of a stepped gear box.11 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 MODULE I Principal requirements and specifications – Requirements regarding quality of performance (Accuracy and surface finish) – Productivity(Rate of motel renewal) –Economy and efficiency of machine tools . Acherkan 7. frame . shafts . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). column .G. guide ways.Design for improved static and dynamic performance – Fundamental aspects of numerical control – Adaptive control and hydraulic control of machine tools .706. Mechanical.

Process parameters . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).08." Non Conventional Machining ".EDM. Applications Module II Electro Chemical Machining Process-principles-Equipment-Analysis of metal removal-tool material-Insulation-Process parameters-ECH. Applications Abrasive Jet Machining Processes-Principle-Equipment-Metal removal rate process parameters. principles. Applications References: 1.C. Applications Water Jet Machining Process-Principle-Equipment. Applications Electron Beam Machining Process. P.Mishra.Recent Developments in EDM. PAM. operating principles-Breakdown mechanismDielectric fluid-Electrode material-Tool wear – Power generator circuits. EC. AJM. 1995. WJM etc. P. The Institution of Engineers (India) Text Books: Series.12 NON CONVENTIONAL MACHINING TECHNIQUES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I The need of the process-classification .Metal removal rate . Applications Module III Ultrasonic Machining Process-working principles-types of transducers-concentrators-nodal point clamping-feed mechanism-metal removal rate-Process parameters. 2. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Vacuum and non-vacuum technique Applications Laser Beam Machining Process.ECG etc. Principle-gun construction . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. USM. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 125 . A Text Books: of Production Engineering.K.wire out EDM . 1997. Electrical Discharge Machining Process. pumping processes.706. LBM.Types of gun .Energies employed in the processes. emission types-beam control.Sharma.

Centrifugal Compressors: Construction details. 7. Dixon. Earl Logan. New Delhi. Shepherd. stage losses and efficiency.08. Compressor and Fans ". reaction stages. Yahya. 8. fan drives and fan noise. 4. flow analysis in impeller blades. specific speed. 1990. Module II Centrifugal fans and blowers : Types. types. slip factor. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 1965. " Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery ". 6. Axial and radial flow turbines : Stage velocity diagrams. Press. " Blowers and Pumps ". losses and performance curves.. A.G.. applications. " Principles of Turbomachinery ". Stepanff.706. Pergamom. Macmillan. D. Ganesan . Co.. 1992. 1969.V. testing and performance characteristics.. enthalpy-entropy diagrams. Bruneck. Pergamom Press. 1999. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). impeller flow losses. diffuser analysis. work and efficiency for compressors and turbines.. characteristics curves and selection.. References: 1. S.I. Jr. John Wiley and Sons Inc. losses and coefficients blade design principles. 3.. Module III Axial flow compressors : Stage velocity triangles. Publishing Company.. " Hand book of Turbomachinery ". dimensionless parameters. Marcel Dekker Inc. stage velocity triangles. simple stage design problems and performance characteristics. losses. classification of fluid machinery.13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TURBO MACHINES Credits : 4 Module I Energy transfer between fluid and rotor. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 1996. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 126 . S. work done factor. Tata Mc Graw Hill 2.H. " Gas Turbines ". volute and diffusers. Tata Mcgraw Hill Pub. Fans. 5..J. " Turbines. 1973. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. stage and design parameters.

application factors and installation factors of different types of flow meters. Thermal conductivity of liquids and gases – guarded hot plate apparatus – concentric cylinder method – apparatus for determination of thermal conductivity of gases at high temperatures. Capacitance pressure gauge. Diaphragm type strain gauge pressure pickup. Air pollution measurement – units for pollution measurement – air pollution standards – Air sampling train.706. MODULE III Elastic elements for force measurements – simple cantilever and thin ring elastic elements – Proving ring. Cantilever beam used as a frequency measurement device.different types – characteristics of strain gauge materials. Pressure probes – pitot tube – pitot static tube – Kiel probe. Flow obstruction methods – Venturi – flow nozzle – orifice. Torque measurements – hollow cylinder for torque measurement – Prony brake – hydraulic dynamometer – Cradled dynamometer. Temperature measurement due to thermo-electric effects – thermocouples – different types and its range – law of temperature – emf vs temp relationships for different thermocouples – sensitivity of thermocouples – thermopile and its practical application – installation of thermocouple on a metal plate – Thin foil thermocouples for rapid transient response. flow nozzles and orifices. Strain measurements – electrical resistance strain gauges. Heat flux meters. Fluid factors. Gas diffusion – measurement of diffusion coefficients in gases. Temperature measurement by radiation – optical pyrometer. Thermostats. MODULE II Temperature measurement by mechanical effects – mercury in glass thermometer – bimetallic strip type – fluid expansion thermometers. Practical considerations for obstruction flow meters. LVDT diaphragm differential pressure gauge. Hot wire and hot film anemometers. Convection heat transfer measurements – forced convection heat transfer coefficients in smooth tubes. Methods of correction for lead resistance – Siemens three lead arrangement – callender four lead arrangement and floating-potential arrangement. Measurement of viscosity – rotating concentric cylinder apparatus – Saybolt viscometer. Temperature measurement by electrical effects – electrical resistance thermometer. Principles of seismic instrument – practical considerations for seismic instruments – electrical resistance strain gauge seismic instrument – piezoelectric transducer type seismic instrument. Humidity measurements. High-pressure measurement – very high-pressure transducer.14 L-T-D: 3-1-0 EXPERIMENTAL METHODS IN ENGINEERING Credits : 4 MODULE I Pressure measurement devices – U tube manometer – Well type manometer – Different types of manometers. Thermal conductivity measurement – guarded hot plate apparatus – measurement of thermal conductivity of metals. Magnetic flow meter. Yaw angel – yaw angle characteristics of various static pressure probes. Psychoacoustics factors – sound level meter – acoustic properties of materials – sound absorption coefficient – noise reduction coefficient. Elastic pressure transducers – Bourdon tubes – Diaphragms – Bellows. Recommended proportions for venturi tubes. Flow measurement by drag effects – rotameter – turbine meter – vortex shedding flow meter. Thermal mass flow meter. Low-pressure measurement – Mc Leod-gauge pirani thermal conductivity gauge – Knudsen gauge – lonization gauge. Temperatures compensation for electrical resistance strain gauges strain gauge rosettes – bonded and unbounded resistance strain gauges. Methods for flow measurement – Positive displacement methods – rotary vane flow meter – Lobed impeller flow meter. Dead weight tester for static calibration of pressure gauges. 127 .08. Sound measurements – microphones – characteristics of microphones.

REFERENCES: 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 3. Holman. Doebelin. Ernest O. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Measurement System – application and Design. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Donald P. J. Eckman. Experimental Methods for Engineers.P. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 2. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 128 . Industrial Instrumentation.

density and intensity – Sound transmission through one and two intervening media .15 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MECHANICAL VIBRATION AND NOISE CONTROL Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction – Harmonic motion – Beat frequency – Equations of motion – Concepts of forces and equilibrium – Systems with one degree of freedom – Free and forced vibrations with undamped and damped systems (Review) Two degrees of freedom systems : Equations of motions for free and forced vibration without and with damping – Use of influence coefficients – The work and energy approach – Solutions to free . Vibration problem in Engg. Fundamentals of Acoustics. 7. C. 3.Vibration measuring instruments . Band pass filters . MODULE II Vibration – Fourier series representation – Unit impulse step . Laplace Transforms. graphic level recorder .U. curves – Noise and Number index – Noise pollution level – Noise induced hearing loss – Damage risk criteria – Criteria for noise and vibration in community buildings – General principles of noise control – Use of enclosures – Wrappings – Porous materials – Design of Auditorium – Acoustical requirements – Elimination of room acoustical defects – Articulation index – Sound reinforce systems – Design of time delays (Brief description only) REFERENCES 1. Anderson Roger A.Thomsom. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Measurement in reverberation and Vachaic chamber –Hearing mechanism of hearing and perception of sound (Description only) Types of noise : Criteria for evaluation of noise problems – Threshold of hearing – Hearing loss with age – Equal loudness contours loudness and loudness level – Perceived noise level – N.Deslie L. MODULE III Introduction to sound and vibratic wave motion – One dimensional plane waves – Characteristics impedance – Decibel seats power . Timosheako. 6. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 129 .706. 9. Tata McGraw Hill. Measurement of Sound – Loud speakers and microphones – Their characteristics . W. forced and damped vibrations and torsional systems – Dynamic absorbers periodic and Non periodic . Mechanical Vibrations. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Theory of Vibrations. 5. Fundamentals of Vibration. 2. Environmental Acoustics.T. Hand Book on Noise control. Narrow Band Analysers .Harris.A University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.L.S. 8. Jump phenomenon – Effect of damping – Self excited Oscillations. Tee.L.08. Kinslor and Frey. Solutions to Differential Equations . ramp and arbitrary excitation – Response spectrum – Analog computer set up for solving vibration problems -. Beronek . McGraw Hill. Hinkle and Morse. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).C. Doello . Hand Book of Noise Measurement – General Radio Company . Noise and vibration Control. 4.

Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Objectives of failure investigation, Collection of background data- service history, photographic records, Selection of samples for various conditions, Preliminary examination of the failed part – visual inspection and non destructive techniques for failure investigation- Magnetic particle inspection, Liquid penetrant inspection, Eddy current inspection, ultrasonic inspection, radiography, acoustic emission inspection, experimental stress analysis, Mechanical testing, limitations of tensile testing, Selection preservation and cleaning of fracture surfaces- cleaning, sectioning, opening secondary cracks Module II Macroscopic examination of fracture surfaces, Microscopic examination of fracture surfaces – optical microscopy, scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, Selection and preparation of metallographic sections, Examination and analysis of metallographic sections, Determination of fracture type- Failure mechanisms and Fractography of ductile fracture, brittle fracture, transgranular brittle fracture, Intergranular brittle fracture, Fatigue fracture- Mechanisms and general features of fatigue fracture, Stress corrosion cracking, Liquid metal embrittlement, Hydrogen embrittlement, Creep and stress rupture failures, ductile to brittle fracture transition Module III Chemical analysis- Analysis of bulk materials, analysis of surfaces and deposits, spot tests, Applications of fracture mechanics: Fracture mechanics concepts- Linear elastic fracture mechanics, Elastic-Plastic fracture mechanics (basic concepts), plane stress and plane strain, Fatigue crack growth rate their use in failure analysis, fracture toughness testingPlane strain fracture toughness test, COD test, Simulated service testing, Analyzing the evidences formulating conclusions and report writing, Case studies of failures: failures of shafts, failures of heat exchangers References: 1. ASM Handbook Volume 11: Failure analysis and Prevention 2. Fracture Mechanics by Prashant Kumar Wheeler Publishing 3. Mechanical Metallurgy by Dieter, McGraw Hill 4. Electron microscopy and analysis: P.J. Goodhew, J. Humphreys and R. Beanland , Pub: :Taylor and francis, 2001 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0


L-T-D: 3-1-0


Credits : 4 MODULE I General classification of Cutting Tool-single point multi point cutting tools and form toolsCutting tool nomenclature, systems-types of single point cutting tools-Left hand , right hand ,straight shank, bent shank-offset and stepped. Geometry-Cutting tool signature-Effect of cutting tool geometry in metal cutting .Mechanism of metal removal-Mechanism of chip formations-classes of chips Friction in metal cutting –Methods of reducing friction –Chip control and chip breaker-Primary deformations on shear zone-secondary deformations on rake face. MODULE II Mechanism of metal cutting –Forces of deformations at the cutting edge. Shear angle lee and Shaffer’s solution. Stress distribution on rake face –Velocity relationships-Chip thickness Ratio- Merchant’s circle diagram-Relationship between forces, cutting speed, feed and depth of cut. Problems. Dynamometers – principle of cutting force, Measurements. Need and requirement of dynamometers –Turning, milling, drilling and grinding dynamometersDeformation studies using quick-stop devices. Heat in metal cutting-zones of heat generation – variables affecting the tool temperature- Temperature in metal cutting – Tool work thermocouple- Embedded thermocouple – Calorimetric method. Surface finishParameters on surface finish. MODULE III Cutting tool materials, major tool material types-HSS, coated HSS, satellite, Cemented Carbides, Titanium Carbides Coated carbides, Ceramics, SIALON, Diamonds, CBN , Ucon, their characteristics and applications. Tool wear and life –Types of wear-mechanism of tool wear. Tool wear criteria –Tool life –Taylor’s tool life equation. Modified tool life equation and estimation of tool life –Machinability. Parameters affecting tool life.- Problems – Economics of cutting. Machinability criteria-optimum cutting speed – cutting fluids- Selection of cutting fluids-Action of cutting fluids – Application of cutting fluids. References:1. Sen and Bhattacharya, Principle of metal cutting. 2. Shaw M.C, Metal cutting principles. 3. Boothroyd, Fundamentals of Machining and Machine Tools. 4. Black P.H, Theory of metal cutting. 5. Production Technology, HMT 6. Venkitesh.V.G, Experimental methods in metal cutting. 7. Tool Manufacturing Engineers Hand Book, ASTME University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


L-T-D: 3-1-0

Credits : 4

Module I Metallic biomaterials: Introduction, Stainless Steels, Cobalt Chromium Alloys, Titanium Alloys, Dental Materials, Corrosion of Medical Implants, Manufacturing of Implants. Polymeric biomaterials: Polymers used as Biomaterials, Sterilisation, Surface Modification for improving bio compatibility, biodegradable polymeric materials, Tissue derived Biomaterials, Soft Tissue Replacement, Hard Tissue Replacement, Preservation Techniques. Module II Ceramic and composite biomaterials: Introduction, Bio inert Bio Ceramics, Biodegradable ceramics, Bioactive ceramics, deterioration of ceramics, manufacturing techniques, Biocompatibility and Application of Composite Biomaterials. Biomaterial application of smart materials: Introduction, Properties, Biocompatibility, Shape Memory effect, Super Elasticity, Hysteresis, Anti – Kinking, Application with examples – Orthopedic, Dental, Surgical Instruments, Stent, Artificial Urethral Valves. Module III Biomaterial characterization and selection: Biomaterials surface analysis, Auger Electron Spectroscopy, Scanning ion mass Spectroscopy, Atomic Force Microscopy, Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis. Function, Biocompatibility, Material Selection for Orthopedic, Blood Contacting and Space Filling applications. REFERENCES 1. Joseph D. Bronzino, “The Bio Medical Engineering Handbook”, Vol.I, CRC Press, 2000. 2. Mel Schwartz, “ Encyclopedia of Smart Materials”, Vol. I, John Wiley and Sons, USA, 2002. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each, covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each, from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60)


"Concurrent Engineering: Automation Tools and Technology". Berlin. Springer Verlog. 1992. Life Cycle semi realization . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 133 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Cleetus. JIT system low inventory . Web Reference: www.modular .conceptual design mechanism – Qualitative physical approach .706.plan for Project Management on new product development – bottleneck technology development. Concurrent Engg. Module II Life-cycle design of products . Wiley. Andrew Kusaik.CE tool box collaborative product development. John and Sons Inc. "Design for Concurrent Engineering". for economics evaluation of design for manufacturing cost – concurrent mechanical design . Research Centre. 3. Prasad. 1998. Sammy G Sinha. Wiley.negotiation in concurrent engineering design studies .decomposition in concurrent design .CE design methodologies .Collaborative product commerce. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. "Successful Implementation of Concurrent Product and Process". WV. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).modality of Concurrent Engineering Design . IT support . 1987. L.Checking the design process .Real time constraints.tue. "Concurrent Engineering Fundamentals: Integrated Product Development". JOhn and Sons Inc.Concurrent engineering in optimal structural design . Anderson MM and Hein.opportunity for manufacturing enterprises . Prentice Hall. J. REFERENCES hardware co-design. 1996. "Integrated Product Development".19 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CONCURRENT ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Extensive definition of Concurrent Engineering (CE) .An intelligent design for manufacturing system..Modeling and reasoning for computer based assembly planning – Module III Design of Automated manufacturing. 5.Organizing for CE . Morgantown.Automated analysis idealization control . 4.Solid modeling Product data management . Artificial Intelligence.product realization taxonomy . 2. Manufacturing competitiveness .Expert systems .08..html University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.

Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. friction. conventional as well as computer aided design. control and cleanliness standards. Piston pumps. basic concepts. Vane. end effectors – Types and uses. Pneumatic circuit design and analysis. storage and distribution. actuation methods. Pearson Education. Module II Pneumatics: Introduction. logic devices – twin pressure valve. 3. linear and Rotary actuators. Introduction to forward and inverse kinematics. Tata McGraw Hill (2001). treatment of compressed air. drives. Product design for high-speed automatic assembly. synchronous and asynchronous. 2. Module III Automatic Assembly System: Development of Automatic Assembly process. “Assembly Automation and Product Design”. time delay valve. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. DOF. New Delhi (2002). Gear. Pearson Education (2003). pressure reducing valves. types. pressure control valves. Applications of Robots. Necsulelscu Dan. “Fluid Power with Application”. Flow control valves simple and pressure compensated type. linear and Rotary Actuators. Vibratory feeders – Mechanics. Classification and properties of hydraulic fluids. Marcel Dekker Inc (1991). Robotics: Basic concepts. Geoffrey Boothroyd. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 4. programming – Teach pendant and Computer programming. Transfer devices – continuous. 5th Edition.e. track angle. Contaminates in hydraulic system. Counterbalance valve. i. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 134 . “Oil Hydraulic System”. 2nd Edition. Bolton W. Mechanical feeders – computation and operational details. orientation of parts – active and passive devices.20 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Basic concept of Automation. Industrial Hydraulics: Introduction. Direction Control Valves. pressure control valves.08. New Delhi (1999). examples of design modifications. load sensitivity. Hydraulic fluids. actuation methods. Majumdar S R. Feasibility etc. effect of frequency. acceleration. feed tracks. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Anthony Esposito. Basic components. work volume of robots world and joint coordinates various joints. Source. Sensors in Robots. Escapement devices. “Mechatronics”. Reference 1. Sequence valve. pressure relief valve. Unloading valve. 5. Pearson Education. Fluid power generators.706. programming. shutter valve. “Mechatronics”. Intermittent. Direction control valves – types. Types of Automation. classification based on Geometry.

performance characteristics in engines. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T. K.21 ALTERNATE ENERGY SOURCES Credits 4 MODULE-I Introduction: Need for non-conventional energy sources. performance of methanol and gasoline blends. Bob Brant. Vegetable oil: Vegetable oil properties. electrolysis of water. SAE papers: 73802. modifications necessary.types and layouts. SAE INC.1 engines. Mathur and Sharma.706.Build your own Electric Vehicle. Engines. driving requirements. hydrogen. principle and working photovoltaic conversion. production of hydrogen. dual fuel systems. SAE 7.Powering the future. rice bran oil etc.Automotive Fuels reference book.. 750118. New Delhi. Bechtold. and electric energy Alcohol: Methanol and Ethanol production methods. alcohol. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. rapeseed oil. esterification of vegetable oil. natural gas and producer gas . MODULE-II Gaseous fuels: Biogas production. Hybrid vehicles . applicability of electric cars.I. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts..Alternate fuels guide book. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Combustion characteristics of alcohols in S. 3-1-0 135 . Dhanpat Rai and Sons. concentrating type collectors. biomass.N Vezgirigiu. 1991 2. sources of hydrogen. 741008 8. Production of Bio-diesel. References: 1. storage and transportation methods.Alternative energy sources 11. David Powell and Richard P. 3. 1990 10. diesel and vegetable oil blends.use in S. Warrendale. alternative energy. batteries for electric vehicles. MODULE-III Solar power: Collection and storage of solar energy. different methods of use. 9. thermo chemical production and biochemical production.1 engines. and engine performance with vegetable oil. description of biogas plant. Richard L. comparative use of fuel and energy recharging. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Alcohol Diesel emulsions. types & capacities. SAE 5. use of alcohols in Cl engines.IC. properties of methanol and ethanol as engine fuels. application to automobiles Electric vehicles: Design considerations. Brennan. applications to engines. Flex fuel Vehicles (FFV) Hydrogen energy: Properties of hydrogen. application of biogas as a single fuel and dual fuel.Alternate liquid fuels Willey Eastern Ltd. use of alcohols in Sl engines. fuel metering system. Keeith Owen & Trevor Colley . T.D. Energy research group. and C. energy conservation in transportation sector. Tom Koppel.08. precautions and safety for use. Soya bean diesel. thermal decomposition of water. use in fuel cells. Garrett: Automotive fuels system. SAE 6.The Automobile technology and society Printice Hall. limitations. flat plate collectors. property & its use in Sl engines. 750121. collection devices. SAE 4. T. performance of LPG.

“Engine Emissions”.. 2006 6. “Automobile Mechanic”. Automobiles and Pollution SAE Transaction. Dr. Aldehyde emissions.Effects of operating variables on emission formation. Heywood. 2004. 2004 5. Design changes. Volume of constituents for perfect combustion. NOx. Khanna Publishers. Evaporative emission. catalytic converters Module-III Test Procedure & Instrumentation for Emission Measurement: Test procedures.22 AUTOMOTIVE POLLUTION AND CONTROL L-T. “Automobile Engineering”. V. Flame ionization detectors. Emission Control Efforts: Supply of fuel – establishment of national test centers. Internal Combustion Engines. 2007. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Bharat Stages & Euro emission standards.. Ltd. air injector PCV system. McGraw Hill Book Co. Ganesan.exhaust gas recirculation. K. NDIR analyzer. Particulate Matters..K.K. Evaluation of Emission Standards – Mandatory Tests for Emission measurement –Type Approval & Production Conformity Tests Control Techniques for SI and CI: Basics of diesel combustion .D. Measurements of visible emissions – Comparison methods & Obscure methods . EUDC. N. Canisters. B. optimization of operating factors. Pollutants-sources-formation-effects on human beings and environment. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 136 .Smoke emission in diesel engines . Gas analyzer. Pundir. Control of Crankcase emission. 2. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. References: 1.. Amitosh De.P.08. 3.. Effect of operating variables on emission formation. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 7. 3-1-0 Credits 4 Module-I Introduction: General Scenario on automotive Pollution.1995. Tata McGraw Hill Co. Exhaust emission . 2005 4. Ltd.Smoke meters. Chemiluminescent analyzer. Green house gases and global warming. ECE. 1995 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. J. Galgotia Publications Pvt. Narosa Publishing House. transient operational effects on pollution. Module-II Emission Standards : Driving Cycles. “Automobile Engineering”.B. CO. thermal reactors. Engine Combustion and Pollutant Formation: HC. Ramalingam. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals. Scitech Publications Pvt. Giri. Measurements of invisible emissions -ORSAT apparatus.Calculation of volume of Exhaust gases.706.NO emission from diesel engines – Particulate emission in diesel engines. Color and Aldehyde emissions from Diesel engines . Emission standards. construction of road networks.

cost evaluation . Design of proto type .Protection of IPR .the need for creativity and innovation .quality standards . 1979.Wheeler Publishing ". covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).brain storming .commitments to WTOPatent Ordinance and the Bill .screening ideas for new products (evaluation techniques). Module-II Collection of ideas and purpose of project . INNOVATION AND NEW PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT Credits 4 Module-I The process of technological innovation . John Wiley & Sons. 1992. Movable Property ii. Prentice Hall Inc.Basic types of property (i. Allahabad.Industrial Designs and Integrated circuits . Immovable Property and iii. " New Product Planning ".Patent laws . I.Selection criteria .23 CREATIVITY.R. Research and new product development .International code for patents .Patent application References: 1.Copyrights and related rights .D.Patent search .Model Preparation .Importance . Harry B.P.Draft of a national Intellectual Property Policy . Pitman Publishing Ltd. P.706.Testing . 3.Application Procedures Module-III Indian Position Vs WTO and Strategies .Present against unfair competition.08. 1997. Intellectual Property). Brain Twiss.Intellectual property rights (IPR). " Managing technological innovation". Invention and Creativity . TIFAC.Intellectual Property (IP) .. 2.Protection of Geographical Indications at national and International levels . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each..Watton." Fourth Eye (Excellence through Creativity) .marketing research .Khandwalla . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. IP Patents .factors contributing to successful technological innovation . 1992. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.N.Indian IPR legislations . " Creativity and innovation".Patents .creativity and problem solving . 4. Creative design . New Delhi. Harry Nystrom. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T. 3-1-0 137 . 5.different techniques.introducing new products.Trade Marks and rights arising from Trademark registration Definitions . Bulletins. 1992.testing .

Types – Visual Examinations .1 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES L-T-D: 3-1-0 MODULE I Basic concepts : The generalized basic systems – Definition – Stress at a point .P. Hammer tests – Brittle coating techniques – Crack patterns – Types of coatings – Elementary ideasHolographic non Destructive testing . MODULE II Electrical strain gauges – Definition of strain and its relation to experimental determination – Strain gauge – Types – Analysis – Strain sensitivity – Gauge construction – Temperature compensation – Rosette analysis – Rectangular Delta . MODULE III Non Destructive Tests – Need .W. Photo elasticity .Adams 5.Railey 3. REFERENCES 1.805.ELECTIVE IV 08. penetrate tests. Experimental stress analysis and Motion Measurement – R.H.M.Stress equation of equilibrium – Principal stress – Two dimensional stress systems – Strain and stress relations – Principal strain – Strain compatibility – Plane stress – Plane stress and strain problems – Photoelastic methods : Behaviour of light – Polarised light – Plane polariser – Wave plate – Conditioning of light by a series combination of linear polariser and a wave plate – Arrangement of optical elements in polariscope .C. Applied stress Analysis – Durelli and Philips 4. The stress optic law in two dimensions at normal incidence – Plane polariscope – Circular polariscope . Experimental stress analysis – J. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Fringes – Moiré techniques – Photo elastic photography – Photo elastic model materials – Properties – Calibration methods – Analysis of photoelastic data – Isochromatics – Isoclinics – Compensation techniques .Delta – Stress gauge – Strain gauge circuits – Wheatstone bridge – Null Balance recording instruments – Cathode Ray Oscilloscope.M.Frocht 2. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Moire Fringes Strain Analysis – Pericles Theocaries University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) Credits : 4 138 .Dally and W.Application of photo elastic methods .Dove and B.

Aerodynamics for Engineering Student Houghton and brock.pressure. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 139 .supersonic wind tunnels. and ionosphere. Only). C.replacement of finite wing by horse shoe vertex system. lateral and directional stability. 3. Ideas on stability-static and dynamic stabilitylongitudinal.calculation of induced drag from momentum considerations.2 L-T-D: 3-1-0 AEROSPACE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module – I The atmosphere-characteristics of troposphere . temperature and density variations in the atmosphere. Kermode 2. Application of dimensional analysis – aerodynamic force – model study and similitude.high lift devices-range and endurance of airplanes-charts for piston and jet engine aircrafts. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.aircraft ground run.aerodynamic balancing of control surfaces. (Brief description and qualitative ideas only).take off and landing performance – length of runway required. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).EHJ Pallett University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.wing tip vortices. Study of subsonic. Aircraft performance-straight and level flight –power required and power available graphs for propeller and jet aircraft-gliding and climbing –rate of climb-service and absolute ceilingsgliding angle and speed of flattest glide.08. Module III Flight Instruments-airspeed indicator.changes in finite wing plan shape. and supersonic aircraft engines (Description with fig.the lifting line theory-wing load distribution – aspect ratio. A.mass balancing (Qualitative ideas only). calculation of true air speed-altimeter-gyro horizon direction indicator-vertical speed indicator –turn and back indicator-air temperature indicator. Module II Propellers – momentum and blade element theories –propeller coefficients and charts. References: 1. thermosphere . Fundamentals of Aerodynamics Anderson 4.momentum and circulation theory of aerofoil. 2D aero foils Nomenclature and classification.controls of an aero plane.805. 3D or Finite aero foils – effect of releasing the wing tips. Principles of wind tunnel testing –open and closed type wind tunnels-wind tunnel balances. Aircraft Instruments and Integrated systems. Skin friction and from drag. Elementary ideas on space travel-calculation of earth orbiting and escape velocities ignoring air resistance and assuming circular orbit. induced drag. Transonic.circling flight – radius of tightest turn-jet and rocket assisted take –off. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Mechanics of flight.pressure distribution in inviscid and real flows.characteristics. stratosphere .

Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.08. on consideration of facilities of working people. Different type of Plant services like steam compressed air etc. Line balancing methods.John A Sehbin 2.James A Apple 3. Storage facilities and general equipment for amenities of working people – Product. Receiving and dispatching area – Choice of material handling equipment – Cost control in material handling. Stores and warehouses .G Aysan University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Storage area etc. humidity.3 FACILITIES PLANNING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Design of layout of factories. Office. Use of DCF techniques.A W Peymberton 4. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 140 . Module II Environmental aspects like lighting.805. Plant layout and Material Handling . Module III Material handling system and equipment – Material handling in Plants . REFERENCE 1. – Plant safety. Plant layout and Material Handling . Plant layout and Material Handling. Elements off Industrial safetyCauses and prevention of accidents – Pollution and environmental consideration. dust control. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. replacement depends on technical and economical consideration. Equipment replacement – Repair. Ventilation. Process and combination layout – Systematic layout planning – Design of Assembly lines. FF & Control . Computer applications in layout designs.

L-T-D: 3-1-0 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Decision trees . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Game theory – Practical application of game theory – 2 person zero – Sum games – Solving simple games – Mixed strategy – Graphical solution. 3. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 141 . 4. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Operations research .805. Introductions to operations research – Hillier and Lieberman . MODULE III Decision making – Statistical decision theory. Priority disciplines – Practical applications. 5. Assignment and trans-shipment problems – Post optimality analysis – Complications and their resolution – Practical applications and examples.Philips and Ravindran Fundamentals of operations research – Ackeff and Sasionic.Ackeff and Arneff. Introductions to operations research – Wagner and Pranti .08. Scheduling on machines 2 job – 2-machine problem – Johnson’s algorithm – graphical solution. Wiley. Introduction to dynamic Programming. MODULE II Network theory – Maximal flow problems – Travelling salesman problems . Linear programming – Graphical solutions – Simplex method – Transportation problem – Assignment problem solution to transportation. 2.Taha. Replacement – replacement in anticipation of failure – Group replacement. Wiley.Holden day. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Queuing theory – Birth and death processes – Basic queuing process – Single server and multiple server models – Poison input and exponential service – Limited source. Mc graw Hill.4 ADVANCED DECISION MODELLING Credits : 4 MODULE I Development of operations research as a branch of knowledge since 2nd world war – Fields of application of operations. REFERENCE 1.Churchman . Operations research . limited queue with PERT / CPM. Stochastic programming and integer programming Inventory theory – deterministic inventory models.

Prentice Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts..& Gollub J.M.fixed points of maps and their stability . John Wiley 4.5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NON LINEAR DYNAMICS AND CHAOS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to dynamical systems: discrete time systems .floquet theory .. Invitation to Dynamical Systems.. Peitgens.period doubling . Poincare'sections and maps lyapunov exponents References: 1.limit cycle . & Balachandran B.periodic solutions of continuous . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).phase space and flows .Henon map Chaotic solutions of continuous systems: Duffing' equation . Chaos and Fractals. Moon F.measures of fractal dimension .attracting sets concepts of stability Equilibrium solutions: fixed points and stability of continuous . Nayfeh A. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. John Wiley 2.P. John Wiley 3. Applied Nonlinear Dynamics. Nonlinear Dynamics And Chaos.transcritical and Hopf bifurcations Quasiperiodic solutions: Poincare' maps .poincare'maps bifurcation ..embedding dimension and time delay . Springer Verlag 5. Scheinerman E.T. Baker G.time dynamical systems autonomous and non autonomous systems .cantor set .Rossler equations . & Stewart H B. Jurgens & Saupe.correlation dimension and Information dimension . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 142 .capacity dimension .Fourier spectra.fractal dimension . Chaotic and Fractal Dynamics. Springer Verlag map . Introduction To Applied Nonlinear Dynamical Systems And Chaos.cyclic fold .bifurcation of maps Module II Periodic solutions .fractal dimension of strange attractors Tools to identify and analyze motions: time history .symmetry breaking . Chaotic Dynamics.state-space and pseudo state space .H.C.R.bifurcation diagram of onedimensional maps .08.feigenbaum number .L.local and global bifurcation of continuous systems .. Wiggins S.static and dynamic bifurcations .period s doubling and intermittency mechanisms Module III Experimental methods in chaotic vibrations: experimental system to measure the Poincare' map of a chaotic physical system Fractals and dynamical systems: Koch curve .classification and stability of equilibrium solutions . Cambridge University Press of quasiperiodic solutions Chaotic solutions of maps: dynamics of logistic equation .805.continuous time systems autonomous and non autonomous systems .time systems . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Thomson J.

pre-design analysis .indexing fixture .worked examples Module III Fixtures . "Tool Design". "An Introduction to Jig and Tool Design".mandrels and collet .face milling fixture with equalizers .welding fixtures .A Reference Book". McGraw Hill 7.boring and lather fixtures . hydraulic and pneumo-hydraulic clamps .pin and button locators .drill guide bushings . Goroshkin A.strap.hook type clamp .process planning and typical operation layout product considerations .definition of location .methods of location .machine vices .E.fixture design examples of design and drawing of milling fixtures for machining of simple components fixtures for inspection testing and assembly . ELBS 2. Kempster M.pneumatic.jig feet and legs . Tata McGraw Hill 4.Non Standard Clamping Devices". McGraw Hill 6.indexing tables and worktables .jaw chucks .economics Drill Jigs -definition . Colving & Haas.operator analysis and cost analysis .design considerations in work holder design and selection design calculations of lever type clamp . "Jigs and Fixtures .6 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF JIGS AND FIXTURES Credits : 4 Module I Introduction . concentric.purpose of work holding devices .types of clamps . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.milling fixtures . Lecain & Goold. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 143 .chucks . "Jigs and Fixtures .examples of design and drawing of drill jig for machining of simple components References 1.latch and self locking clamps .leaf box and tumble jigs . hinge and two-way (multiple) clamps . radial and V-locators redundant locators Module II Design and mechanics of clamping devices . Taraporevala 8.H. Fundamentals of Tool Design 3.805. Tata McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.. "Jigs and Fixtures Hand Book"..wedge. Grant H..basic principles . "Hand book of Fixture Design". Cole B. chucks . "Tool Design". MIR Publishers 5.examples of pre-design analysis principles of locating and positioning .wedge type clamp .A..operation analysis machine analysis . ASTME. swing.profile milling fixtures .slot and key-way milling fixtures .08.principles of clamping .K. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.fixture for milling flanges straddle milling fixtures .indexing jigs .standard fixture components .universal fixture for profile milling .magnetic chucking devices -mandrels .product analysis . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). pinch and magnetic clamps .types of drill jigs -template -vise .plane.principles of jig and fixture design construction methods and materials used . Donaldson.screw clamps . Wilson & Holt.

Hemisphere. bends and values Module II Boiling and multiphase heat transfer .empirical equations for film boiling and transition boiling .805.correlations for bubble.saturated boiling heat transfer .momentum and energy balance homogeneous and separated flow models . Multiphase Science and Technology.. slug and annular flows .void fraction and pressure drop in sub-cooled boiling .two phase flow through inclined pipes and singularities ..burnout mechanism and correlations . I.G.methods of improving heat transfer coefficient in condensation. Hewitt G.basic processes of condensation ..experimental observations .dropwise condensation .influence of pressure gradient ..Y.two phase forced convection laminar and turbulent flow solutions for film heat transfer .flow pattern maps and transition .mechanism of evaporation and condensation .pressure gradient in condensing systems . Boiling Heat Transfer and Two Phase Flow.heat transfer in partial and fully developed sub-cooled boiling .drift flux model .08. McGraw Hill 2. & Graham R. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Delhaye J.W. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.. McGraw Hill condensation on a planar surface . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 144 .mathematical models . Two Phase Flows and Heat Transfer. Hsu Y. Convective Boiling and Condensation.void fraction and slip ratio correlations .critical flow criterion . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.identification and classification .pressure drop limitation effect .empirical treatment of two phase flow .critical coefficient in nucleate and convective boiling Module III Condensation . Hemisphere 3. Ginoux J..pool boiling convective boiling ..pressure losses through enlargements. Critical multiphase flows .correlations for use with homogeneous and separated flow models . Vol.S.J.compatibility conditions and their physical interpretation . Wiley 5. Tong L.vapour-liquid equilibrium mechanisms . contractions. Transport Processes in Boiling and Two Phase Systems. McGraw Hill University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.propagation of small disturbances .flow patterns . Collier J. orifices.M.7 MULTIPHASE FLOW L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Basic equations and empirical correlations for multi-phase flow .graphical representation of critical flow conditions References: 1. & Zuber N.

Hydraulic principles.John Pippinger 2. adaptive control principles.08. MODULE. Economics of numerically controlled machines.805. Digital incremental and digital absolute.8 CONTROLS IN MACHINE TOOLS L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE-I Hydraulic control.Programming languages. NC Machines & CAM. P.Application of NC machines – Types of Numerical control.II Numerical control: Introduction to numerical control.analogue. Rao. valves. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. C.elements of hydraulic systems.maintenance of hydraulic systems. K. N. seals.Information flow in NC machine tool.APT.manual and computer aided programming.pumps filters. ADAPT. Analysis and study of typical hydraulic circuits in machine tools. CAD/CAM. Temeri University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Introduction to servo systems. Industrial Hydraulics.Kundra. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 145 .Mikel P Groover 4. REFERENCES: 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.tape readerinterpolator – Measuring devices. N.Information carriers. K. Study of their functional & design characteristic. Design of systems for specific requirements.Pneumatic and hydro pneumatic circuits. accumulators etc. Machine Tools Design—Acherkan 3. EXAPT. MODULE-III Programming. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).

Buterworths series in Chemical Engineering ".08.Membrane stress Analysis of Vessel Shell components . Stresses in pressure vessels: Stresses in a circular ring.Terminology and Ligament Efficiency . cyclinder .FEM application. Wales.805. 1988. John F. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 3. Design Hand Book ". Henry H.Cylindrical shells. conical heads .Discontinuity stresses in pressure a variable thickness transition section in a cylindrical vessel. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Theory of reinforcement pressure vessel design. " Pressure Vessels.effect of supports on Elastic Buckling of cylinders .Applications.Buckling under combined External pressure and axial loading .supports for short vertical vessels – stress concentration .Elastic Buckling of circular ring and cylinders under external pressure .Piping layout and piping stress Analysis. about a circular hole.Thermal stresses . 1987. 2. " Theory and Design of Pressure Vessels ". Stanley. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 146 . " Chemical Process Equipment.9 DESIGN OF PRESSURE VESSELS AND PIPING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Methods for determining stresses . CBS Publishers and Distributors. CBS Publishers and Distributors.Flow diagram .collapse of thick walled cylinders or tubes under external pressure . References: 1. 1987. elliptical openings. Harvey. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Module II Design of vessels : Design of tall cyclindrical self supporting process columns . Piping : Introduction . M. spherical shells. Bedner. torispherical heads. Module III Bucking and fracture analysis in vessels : Buckling phenomenon .Control and significance of Fracture Mechanics in Vessels . Selection and Design. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).

3. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. SenGupta and Ahuja. use of restrict hydro static squeeze films .10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TRIBOLOGY Credits : 4 MODULE I Friction : Nature of surfaces – Mechanism of friction – Laws of friction and friction theories – Merits and demerits . Tribology in Industry.Chand Co. Basu.C. MODULE III Analysis of hydrostatic oil pads – Load carrying capacity – Oil flow – Power loss – Application to thrust bearing . power loss and friction in ideal journal bearings – Use of linkage factors – Significance of Sommerfeld number – Eccentricity ratio – Unit load References: 1. Analysis and application of Hydrodynamic Lubrication – Load carrying capacity . MODULE II Lubrication : Role of lubrication in present day practice – Fundamentals of viscosity and viscous flow – Flow through capillary tubes – Parallel plates – Radial flow between parallel circular plates – Continuity equation and Raynold’s equation . Wear : Classification of wear – Theories of wear – Stages of Cohesive wear – Quantitative relationship for abrasive wear – Minor types of wear – Factors affecting wear . Fundamentals of Tribology. PHI. Viscosity and Viscometers – Starsor Viscometer – Falling sphere viscometer – Saybelt Universal Viscometer – Viscosity index. Majumdar . Tribology University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 147 . 2.08.. S. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).B. Sushil Kumar and Srivatsava. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.805.

Industrial cases . Datta. Mumbai. Value Engineering prevents unnecessary uses of resources. New Delhi. K. 2000. Miles . implementation and follow up. Value Engineering. Chemical processing. general phase. information. selection and presentation. 2000. functions and value-Basic functions. Steps in value engineering process-preparation problem selection. information phase. Semi –Automated production. S. 2. Approaches-job plan.Product manufacturing.11 VALUE ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: History.S. team members. L. Project work: work sheets. evaluation. Jaico Publishing House. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 148 . Automated Production. investigation and implementation phase. techniques.08. References: 1. Inventory Control and Logistics. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. cost worth model. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Cost value and Exchange value Costing Vs Value engineering. Iyer. objectives. Esteem value. Materials Management. A. development and scope of value management. Basic concepts of value engineering.805. McGraw hill. evaluation phase. Creation phase. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. value analysis. guidelines. DARSIRI. Methodology. principles of costing &cost estimation. audit. Module II Selection of project. Checklist. D. Value Engineering is intensive cost search. examples on usage of these tools Module III Value Engineering cases: Value Engineering raises production and productivity. 2001. 3. Creation. FAST Diagram as a tool. New Age International (P) Ltd. Secondary functions values-Use value. Techniques of Value Analysis and Value Engineering. benefits. role of creativity.

Pearson Education Asia 2.elicitation and analysis .the people capability maturity model .defect testing .objects and classes .software measurement and metrics .choosing and keeping people . Software Engineering.critical systems .design principles .object models . & Hudson F. Ian cycle models iteration .evolution .planning .information presentation .application families . project duration and staffing quality management . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).805.project planning .modular decomposition .SRS .context models .managing people .version and release management .professional and ethical responsibility system modelling .verification and validation .system engineering process .software inspection .interface specification behaviour specification .system requirements .user interface design .critical systems specifications ..planning .integration testing .productivity estimation techniques .design with reuse .domain-specific architectures .design patterns . Fundamentals of Software Engineering.12 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction .specification .management .software change .data re-engineering Software project management .rapid prototyping techniques formal specification . McGraw Hill 3.risk management .functional and non-functional requirements . Jalote P.requirements engineering processes . Prentice Hall of India 4.. Mall R.scheduling .legacy systems evolution .user interaction .software cost estimation .quality assurance and standards .system building . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 149 working .algorithmic cost modeling.validation .distributed systems architecture Module II Object-oriented design .security .formal specification in the software process .behaviour models . Behferooz A.automated static analysis .testing workbenches .system structuring .availability and reliability safety .design and implementation . An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering.component-based development .automated process support .FAQs about software engineering .feasibility studies .the software process .critical system development .real time executives .system models .software testing . Pressman R.validation .interface evaluation. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Software Engineering. Oxford University Press 5.J. Dependability .architectural design . Software Engineering Fundamentals.critical system validation Module III Software evolution .change management .system design .control models .object-oriented testing .process improvement process and product quality .data models .process analysis and modeling .software re-engineering .software requirements .quality control . Narosa University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.prototyping in the software process .CASE workbenches Software prototyping .08.user support .clean room software development .an object oriented design process case study .software maintenance architectural evolution .process measurement process CMM .. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.user requirements .real-time software design .quality planning .configuration management .CASE tools for configuration management References : 1.

1989. super Conductivity. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 150 . B. Historical development. MODULE –III Cryogenic Refrigeration systems: Ideal Refrigeration systems.Thermal properties. Adiabatic expansion. 1986 3. " Cryogenic Process Engineering " Plenum Press. Cryogenic systems Randal F. References: 1.Refrigeration using liquids and gases as refrigerant. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Liquefaction systems for Neon. McGraw Hill. Food Processing. Joule Thomson expansion. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.General Liquefaction systems. Biology. Super Insulations. Linde Hampson Cycle. Gas liquefaction systems: Introduction-Production of low temperatures. Boll Jr University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Medicine.Electric and magnetic properties –Cryogenic fluids and their properties. H. Applications of Cryogenics: Applications in space. Claude & Cascaded System.. Low Temperature properties of Engineering Materials. Law temperature properties of engineering materials: MODULE –II Liquefaction systems ideal system. Types of heat exchangers used in cryogenic systems. Stirling Cycle Cryo Coolers. J. Cryogenic fluid transfer systems Pressure flow-level and temperature measurements. R. Vacuum insulation. New York.Flynn. Cryogenic Engineering . 2. Magnetic Cooling. Hydrogen and Helium – Critical components of Liquefaction systems. Electronics and Cutting Tool Industry. Powder insulation. Klaus D. Scott 4. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).805. Thermal insulation and their performance at cryogenic temperatures.Refrigerators using solids as working media. Cryogenic Engineering. Electrical Power.–.08. Cryo pumping Applications. cryogenic fluid storage and transfer systems: Cryogenic Storage vessels and Transportation.Barron.Timmerhaus and Thomas M.13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING Credits : 4 MODULE –I Introduction to Cryogenic Systems. Mechanical properties.

Text book of Medical Physiology – C. Fung.Mechanics of lower limb during standing and walking. MODULE II Biodynamics:. References 1.lung machine. Biomedical lnstrumentation and Measurements rentice Hall of India.C. Boston. R. immunology and compliment and passive transducers. Academic Press. An Introduction to Materials in Medicine. wound healing & foreign body response. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 7.Webster. upper limb and Spine. New Delhi. Transducers. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 8.D.Flow stress and Growth. B.805. M. Y. PH meter. prostheses and orthotics. properties and rheology of bone. Artificial bio-implants – Dental implants. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. glass ceramics. Tata McGraw Hill. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.08. propagation of action potential through nerves. kidneys. 1990 3. Principle of generation and propagation of Bioelectric potentials.Khandpur.Weibell and Erich A. 6. Introduction (Brief description only) to Diagnosis and Therapeutic equipments: Diagnosis equipments . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 151 .BP monitors.Cobbold. John Wiley & Sons.Structure. Electrical activity of heart. -. structural mechanics. Houghton Mifflin company. John G.metals. Leads & Electrodes: Transducers . Therapeutic equipments . 4. MODULE III Biomaterials:. Handbook of Biomedical Engineering. New York. ceramics. Dynamics and analysis of human locomotion. Orthopaedic mechanics:. Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation . Reactions to biomaterials inflammation. Guyton. implantable transducers. Fred J. EMG machine. Mechanics of lower limb. ECG machine. Leslie Cromwell. Biomechanics: Motion. 2.Pacemakers. D. New Delhi. composites. Jacob Kline. John C.14 BIO MEDICAL ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Human Anatomy & physiology: Anatomy & Physiology of major systems of the body. different types . joints. Defibrillator.S. glasses. Academic Press Inc. Springer. conduction velocity and latency.Pferffer. Transducers for Biomedical Measurements.Different types of biomaterials . Cartilage and synovial fluid. Medical instrumentation . EEG machine.transducers for biological applications principles.Ratner and Hoffman. Heart . 5. polymers.Application and Design. heart valves. Material properties..

Warping on PCBs with metal heat sink-Chassis with Non uniform Wall Sections. orientation of circuit boards within the chassis. jet impingement cooling. and Microprocessors-Cooling Specifications for Electronics -Specifying the Power Dissipation Module II Conduction cooling for chassis and circuit boards: Concentrated Heat Sources.Mounting High-Power Transistors on a Heat Sink Plate .effect of altitude. and Spacecraft .Steady State Conduction.Transient Heat Transfer -Practical thermal resistances-Theoretical power dissipation in electronic components-Heat generation in active Devices-CMOS Devices.Electrically Isolating High-Power Components.Electronic Equipment for Ships and Submarines -Electronic Equipment for Communication Systems and Ground Support Systems -Personal Computers.805.15 THERMAL MANAGEMENT OF ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module 1 Introduction to the modes of heat transfer -Conduction.Power MOSFET-Heat generated in passive devices.InterconnectsResistors-Capacitors -Inductors and Transformers-Thermal engineering software.Radiation Heat Transfer in Space –view factor -Effects of cy/e on Temperatures in Space -Simplified Radiation Heat Transfer Equation – Combining Convection and Radiation Heat Transfer -Equivalent Ambient Temperature for Reliability Predictions Module III Forced convection cooling: Forced Cooling Methods -Cooling Airflow Direction for Fans Static Pressure and Velocity Pressure -Losses Expressed in Terms of Velocity Heads.Mounting Components on PCBs . solid state thermoelectric cooling.heat sink. Establishing the Flow Impedance Curve for an Electronic Box-Hollow Core PCBs Cooling Air Fans for Electronic Equipment -Air Filters.Component Lead Wire Strain Relief Natural convection and radiation cooling: Natural Convection for Flat Vertical Plates -Natural Convection for Flat Horizontal Plates -Heat Transferred by Natural Convection -Turbulent Flow with Natural Convection -Finned Surfaces for Natural Convection Cooling .Natural Convection Analog Resistor Networks -Natural Convection Cooling for PCBs -Natural Convection Coefficient for Enclosed Airspace -High-Altitude Effects on Natural Convection.Two-Dimensional Analog Resistor Networks -Heat Conduction across Interfaces in Air .08.Circuit Board with an Aluminum Heat Sink Core. Radiation Cooling of Electronics . single axis and multi axis vibration.Cutoff Switches -High-Altitude Conditions Conditioned Cooling Air from an External Source . Mounting and cooling techniques for electronic components Various Types of Electronic Components on PCB .Different Altitude and Power Conditions.Heat Conduction through Sheet Metal Covers. Cooling : direct cooling and indirect cooling.cooling airflow curve-finned cold plates and heat exchangers-fin efficiency factor—undesirable airflow reversals. forced liquid system cooling.Heat Conduction across Interfaces at High Altitudes -Outgassing at High Altitudes. spray cooling-Environment stress screening techniques: damage during thermal cycling and vibration. Electronic Equipment for Airplanes. Microcomputers. heat pipe. Convection and Radiation.Steady State Heat Transfer.air flow direction.Mounting Electronic Components on Brackets -Uniformly Distributed Heat Sources. Missiles. Static Pressure Losses for Various Altitude Conditions -Total Pressure Drop for Various Altitude Conditions -Finned Cold Plates and Heat Exchangers -Pressure Losses in Multiple-Fin Heat Exchangers -Fin Efficiency Factor -Undesirable Airflow Reversals -High-Power Cabinet Effects of Altitude on Heat Exchanger Performance . 152 . Satellites. Transient cooing: Simple Insulated Systems -Thermal Capacitance -Time Constant Heating Cycle Transient Temperature Rise -Temperature Rise for Different Time Constants -Cooling Cycle Transient Temperature Change -Transient Analysis for Temperature Cycling Tests.Junction FET.flow impedance curve for electronics box.

Sadik Kakac. Nag P K. 7. Dewitt. Incropera and David P. Heat and Mass Transfer. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Sauliniar. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Inc 3.. Steinberg Cooling Techniques for Electronic Equipment.Bardon. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company.Hijikata. McGraw Hill Inc.P. H.Yuncu..K. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 153 . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).. Heat Transfer: A Practical Approach.Beyna. John Wiley & Sons. Yunus A Cengel. Thermal design pf electronic equipment. New York 6. Cooling of electronic systems 4. Heat and Mass Transfer. Dave S.References: 1. J.Hijikata. New York. John Wiley and sons 8. Thermal management of electronic systems 5. Tata McGraw Hill Inc.E. J. CRC Press LLC 2.B. Heat Transfer. Ralph Remsberg. Holman J P. H. Frank P.

Stress. Summation Convention. Stress Transformation Laws. Mohr’s Circles for Stress. Rate of Deformation. Field Equations. Sudhakar Nair. Constitutive Equations. The Stress Tensor. Moment of Momentum (Angular Momentum) Principle. 6. Constitutive Equations. Strain Energy. Introduction to Tensor Calculus and Continuum Mechanics. Hooke’s Law for Isotropic Media.08. Deformation. Mass Density. Plane Elasticity. An Introduction to Continuum Mechanics.Particles. E. Law of Conservation of Energy. Surface. The Displacement Field The Material Derivative. Stretch Tensors. 5. Equations of Motion. Hooke’s Law. Plane Stress.Scalars. Deviator and Spherical Stress States. The Energy Equation. Shaums outline.N. First Course in Continuum Mechanics (1993) University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Principal Stress Directions. 4. 3. Continuum mechanics for engineers. and Motion. Torsion. Superposition Principle. Vectors. Lagrangian and Eulerian Descriptions. Reddy.Balance Laws. Mase. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 154 . Lagrangian Equations of Motion. and Cartesian Tensors. --2nd ed. Tensor Fields. Indicial Notation. Airy Stress Function. Configurations. and Volume Integrals.16 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CONTINUUM MECHANICS Credits : 4 Module 1 Continuum Theory. Material Derivatives of Line. Tensor Calculus. Three-Dimensional Elasticity References: 1. Continuity Equation. Restrictions on Constitutive Equations from Invariance. Tensor Algebra in Symbolic Notation. Fung. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Linear Thermoelasticity. An Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. J. Rotation Tensor.Elasticity. Principal Values and Principal Directions of Symmetric. Areas. Elastic Constants.C. Continuum_Mechanics. Entropy and the Clausius-Duhem Equation. Deformation Gradients. Volumes Module 3 Fundamental Laws and Equations . Conservation of Mass.Body and Surface Forces. G. Second-Order Tensors. Hooke’s Law for Anisotropic Media.805. Cauchy Stress Principle. Stretch Ratios. Linear Elasticity . Restrictions on Elastic Materials by the Second Law of Thermodynamics. Continuum Mechanics Essential Mathematics . Octahedral Shear Stress Kinematics of Deformation and Motion . Isotropic Elastostatics and Elastodynamics. J. Elastic Symmetry. Mase & G. Heinbockel.The Continuum Concept. Finite Strain Tensors. Vorticity.H. Principal Stresses. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Material and Spatial Coordinates. Tensor Symmetry. Force and Moment Equilibrium. Integral Theorems of Gauss and Stokes Module 2 Stress Principles . Maximum and Minimum Stress Values. The Piola-Kirchhoff Stress Tensors. Linear Momentum Principle. Y. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Infinitesimal Deformation Theory. Transformations of Cartesian Tensors. 2. Matrices and Determinants. Material Derivative of Line Elements. T. Invariance. Velocity Gradient.

Donald Lehman: Product management. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).portfolio analysis.08. measuring and managing Brand equity. Tata McGraw-Hill edition 5. References: 1.Karl T Ulrich and Steven D Eppinger : Product Design and development.selecting brand name.-product concepts-product mix concepts-product classification Product planning: Marketing plan. Building. Kevin Lane : Strategic Brand management.Opportunity identification and selectionconcept generation-concept/project evaluation-Development-Launch (Brief description only) Module III Understanding brands: Brands vs.17 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PRODUCT AND BRAND MANGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Definition of a product.brand extensions-branch licensing and franchising-global branding.growing and sustaining brand equity-customer based brand equity. 3.Market potential and demand forecasting.Merie Crawford : New Product management. Himalaya publishing House University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 4. products-Benefits of branding-brand attributessignificance of branding to consumers and firms. Chunnawalla: Product Mmanagement.sources of brand equity-managing brandsbuilding branding strategies. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. McGraw-Hill Irwin 2.product life cycle – product lifecycle stages and corresponding strategies Module II New product development-The challenges of product development.805.Identification of customer needs-Phages in product development.types of brand awareness-Brand image-Brand identity-brand personalitybrand positioning-creating core brand values-Bringing brand to life. Tata MacGraw Hill. Product market strategies. Brand awareness.Keller. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 155 . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.

simple exercises . 2. 4. Proposal writing. J.08.observation method. References: 1.18 L-T-D: 3-1-0 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY Credits : 4 Module 1 Introduction – meaning of research.Wordsworth Publishing Company.805. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 156 .S.processing options. technical papersignificance.oral presentation – planning.important concepts relating to research design. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.M and Scheinberg C. The practice and Social Research.different types – developing a research plan Method of data collection–collection of data. Leedy.research methods Vs methodology – criteria for good research Defining research problem. 5. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).interpretation of results Module III Report writing – types of report – research report .interview methodquestionnaire method – processing and analyzing of data.selecting the problemnecessity of defining the problem.what is a research problem. 3. Mahavir – ITPI Reading Material on Planning Techniques.making presentation – answering questions-use of visual aids-quality and proper usage-Importance of effective communication with illustrations.1989 “How to write and publish a scientific paper”. research proposal.MW Macmillan publishing company.different steps in the preparation – lay out. Coley. Practical research planning and Design. Day Ra. 4 th edition . preparation. Earl Babbie. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.literature review – importance of literature review in defining a problem. structure and language of typical reports. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Ansari.H.types of analysis. practice.objectives of research-motivation in researchtypes of research-research approaches – significance of research.1994. Newbury-Sage Publications.D.A 1990 .critical literature review – identifying gap areas from literature review Module II Research design–meaning of research design-need–features of good design. Cambridge University Press .P.

Wiley Eastern 7.nano computers.Bottom up processes: Vapour phase deposition methods. chemical methods. plasma assisted deposition process. PVD.Muralidharan. practical problems with molecular device. mechanical. Nanoscale Science and Technology. quantum wires. Diffraction Techniques-Spectroscopy Techniques – Raman Spectroscopy. John Wiley and Sons. Mark Geoghegan. chemical. Transmission Electron Microscopy.nanofilters References: 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. nanoclusters. New age international publishers 5. optical and electronic properties. magnetic. nanosensor based on quantum size effect. nanocrystalline materials. Module II Fabrication methods: Top down and bottom up approaches-Top down processes: Milling.nanoswitches . Gregory Timp.Carbon nanotubes: SW. A Subramnya. Greenwood Press 4. Nanobiosensors. molecular devices. quantum wells. 8.08. Atomic Force Microscopy. pulsed laser methods. Jeremy Ramsden 6. T Pradeep . Charles P Poole. Molecular motors and machines. Nanotechnology. 9 Springer Handbook of Nanotechnology. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 157 . electrodeposition. characterization. thermophysical properties of nanofluids in comparison with base fluid.nano sensors: order from chaos. V.Mechanical Properties-Magnetic and Thermal properties. single molecular devices. Bharat Bhushan University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. nanotubes. Ane books Pvt Ltd 2 . CVD. Scanning Tunneling Microscopy. Surface analysis and depth profiling.nanomachines: covalent and non covalent approaches.Nano: The essentials . Introduction to Nanotechnology. super lattices. John Mongillo. Lithographics. machining process. nanomagnetic materials-magneto resistance. Nanotechnology. nanolayered structures. Springer-Verlag. smart dust. perception. Nanomaterials. Electrochemical sensors. Frank J Owens. Sensors based on physical properties. preparation of nanofluids. Nano science and Technology. thermal. A. nanocrystalline materials-Effects of nanometer length scale – Changes to the system total energy. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Ian Hamley. colloidal and solgel methods Characterisation methods: General classification of characterization methods. Bandyopdhyay.19 L-T-D: 3-1-0 NANOTECHNOLOGY Credits : 4 Module I Introduction and scope-Classification of nanostructures: Quantum dots. changes to the system structures.805. MBE. .Effect of Nanoscale dimensions on various properties – structural.K.Kelsall Robert. McGraw – Hill education 3.S. W. Microscopy techniques: Scanning Electron Microscopy. Module III Applications of Nanotechnology (nano materials and devices)-Applications of nanocomposites. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).nanofluids: nanoparticles. MW. Nano Technology. nanostructured coatings.

2. Brakes: Mechanical. Kirpal Singh. layout of chasis.W. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Engines: Component details – engine parts – cylinder head – cylinder block – piston – piston rings – connecting rod – crank shaft – valve actuating mechanism – combustion chambers. 3. I & II. types of drives of automobile. Joseph Hietner. Modern Transmission System.08. Madras. Delhi. hydraulic. Internal Combustion Engine and Air Pollution.20 L-T-D: 3-1-0 AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY (P) Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: History and General classification of automobiles. Standard Publishers Distributors. vacuum and air brakes – antilock braking systems.West Press Pvt. Module III Steering and suspension: Different steering mechanisms – power steering – suspension systems – front axle. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. sliding mesh and synchro mesh gear boxes – over drives – rear wheel and four wheel drives – universal joint – rear axles. East. 6. (Asia Publishing House). Automotive Mechanics.Vol. Gear box: Principle and necessity of manual gear box – constant mesh.simple carburettor – modern carburettors. Automobile Engineering.805. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 158 . Automotive Emission Control. Crouse 5. rigid axle and independent suspensions – anti-roll bar –coil spring and leaf spring – torsion bar – Macpherson struct shock absorber – steering geometry – castercamber. Fuel systems: Fuel pump . toe-in. H. Station Abby. Lubrication system: Pressurised systems – SAE classification of lubricating oil – oil filter – oil pump. Ignition system: Classification – battery ignition – electronic ignition – starter mechanism – solenoid switch – bendix drives. Edward F. Ltd. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Tyres: Tubeless tyres – ply ratings – radial tyres.. Module II Transmission: Clutch – single and multi-plate clutches – centrifugal clutches – fluid couplings. A. toe-out. Cooling system: Methods of cooling – coolant types.fuel filter . Practical Automobile Engineering. Judge 4. W. Obert. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). References: 1. Petrol injection – MPFI. Types of wheel: Integrated rim – flat base rim alloy wheel – wheel balancing. CRDI.

805. composition control. McGraw-Hill. Boyle J. USA. W. hardening. Module III Super alloys and other materials: Iron base. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. “Stress Analysis for Creep”. “Creep and Fatigue in High Temperature Alloys”. expressions of rupture life of creep. REFERENCES: 1. high temperature ceramics. John Wiley. effect of stress. temperature and strain rate. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. solid solution strengthening. Bedworth ratio. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 159 . brittle to ductile from low temperature to high temperature. UK. Nickel base and Cobalt base super alloys. metallurgical factors influencing various stages. Hertzberg R. strain hardening. McLean D. grain boundary strengthening. “Flow and Fracture at Elevated Temperatures”. Applied Science. “Mechanical Behavior of Materials”. 1983.. ductile fracture due to micro void coalescence-diffusion controlled void growth. various stages of creep. Raj. embrittlement. effect of alloying elements on hot corrosion. Intermetallics.T.H. interaction of hot corrosion and creep.. Pilling. “Directionally Solidified Materials for High Temperature Service”. 1985. Butterworths. ductile and brittle materials. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). TCP phase. J. 1990. cleavage fracture. Design for creep resistance: Design of transient creep time. Spencer J. Bressers..08. kinetic laws of oxidationdefect structure and control of oxidation by alloy additions.21 L-T-D: 3-1-0 HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS Credits : 4 Module I Creep: Factors influencing functional life of components at elevated temperatures. hot gas corrosion deposit. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. solidification of single crystals. Oxidation and hot corrosion: Oxidation.. Monkman-Grant relationship. 3. fracture maps for different alloys and oxides. 6. “Deformation and Fracture Mechanics of Engineering materials”. 1996. 2. USA. R. Module II Fracture: Various types of fracture. 1981. modified hot gas corrosion. 5. Courtney T. American Society for Metals. USA. definition of creep curve. 4th Edition. USA. methods of combat hot corrosion. 1985. fluxing mechanisms. precipitation hardening by gamma prime. The Metals Society. 4.

Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. fatigue.Heat treatment processes shops – electroplating – grinding – forming processes. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). 1998. 6. safety and the physical environment: Control of industrial noise and protection against it.surface hardening – casting – Moulding – coiling. John Ridley.. Willie Hammer. “Occupational safety manual” – BHEL. Jaico publishers House – 1996 5. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 160 . 4. safety and the physical environment. John Channing. The Acts which deal the safety and industrial hygiene: Features of Factory Act – explosive Act – boiler Act – ESI Act – workman’s compensation Act – industrial hygiene – occupational safety – diseases prevention – analysis.rolling – forging . REFERENCES: 1. Education and training in safety – prevention causes and cost of accident. Health. Industrial psychology in accident prevention – safety trials. Occupational diseases.machining shop – drilling – polishing machine – safety in assembly shop – material handling – dock safety – safety in generation and distribution of power – distribution and handling of industrial gases – safety in inspection – safety in chemical laboratories – ammonia printing – safety in power press – safety in sewage – disposal and cleaning. stress.M. Krishnan. Prentice Hall. Prentice Hall. “Industrial Safety and Health Management”.ISBN: 0131423924 2.08.C. “Occupational Safety Management and Engineering”. Fifth Edition.Code and regulations for worker safety and health. N. Module II Operational safety (Hot Metal Operation): Hot metal operation – safety in Cutting – safety in welding – safety in Boilers. Safety in Industrial pollution and control – working at height. Engineering methods of controlling chemical hazards.Pressure vessels – Furnace (all types) .History and development of Industrial safety – implementation of factories Act – formation of various council – safety and productivity – safety organizations.805.22 L-T-D: 3-1-0 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to the development of industrial safety and management . Module III Accident prevention and protective equipments: Personal protective equipment – survey the plant for locations and hazards – part of body to be protected. Nair Publishers.. “Safety in Industry”. ButterworthHeinemann.V.ISBN: 0138965153 3. House keeping – first aid – fire fighting equipment – Accident reporting – investigations. committees – safety committees structure – roll of management and roll of Govt. “Safety Law For Occupational Health and Safety”. Ray Asfahl C. Trivandrum. 5th Edition. Operational safety (cold metal operation): Safety in handling of portable power tools – hand grinder . 5th edition. in industrial safety . “Industrial safety and the law”. ISBN: 075064559 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 2000 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 2003 . 1999.

linear programming. visual aids and graphics. Causes of failures. Performance characteristics of materials. Creative problem solving and decision making. Methods of optimum design Module-II Material selection. design examples. Shigley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. designing with plastics. Richard Morris. Module-III Economic decision making. Ethics in Engineering. Design Engineering-John R.23 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ENGINEERING DESIGN Credits : 4 Module-I Engineering activities. search methods. mathematical modeling and computer simulation. design for corrosion resistance. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). weighted property index. Role of processing in design.805. Mc Graw Hill. review of CAD. cost models Failure analysis. Design for reliability. Modeling and simulation. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 161 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.FDM. REFERENCES 1. Design for assembly. optimization. depreciation. Engineering Design. residual stresses in design. categories of cost. The Engineering Profession. The design Process. Nondestructive testing methods.A Materials and Processing Approach. profitability. Techniques for failure analysis. recording of results and writing technical reports. Mechanical Engineering Design. cost comparison. Material selection process. life cycle costing.08. Reliability theory. simple design examples. Product Life Cycle. Design for Casting. Cost evaluation. Design for welding. Evaluation methods for materials. how to price a product. cost versus performance relations. Probabilistic approach to design.Steps. Design for Machining. Morphology of Design. value analysis. Chris Rose Elsevier Science and Technology books 3. Design for brittle fracture and fatigue fracture. Communicating the design. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Failure modes. Design Engineering Harry Cather. inflation. Design Drawings. method of developing cost estimates. Dieter.Dixon 4. sensitivity and break even analysis. George E. Mathew Philip. 2.FEM .

selection of machines. .Fuel pumps.. and V. Kolchin. Agricultural Implements: Working attachment of tractors . 1972. Maskovin. MIR Publishers. tractor stability and ride characteristics Layout of crawler tractors. wheels.Safety rules. 1987. Harris Pearson & Wilkes. " Tractor and Automobiles ".Construction and operation of the valve mechanism . selection based on weather conditions.805. Geleman and M. hydraulic control system.Auxiliary equipment Trailers and body tipping mechanism. References: 1. Sorekin. A.Valve mechanism components Cooling system .General engine design . 2. MIR. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). MIR Publishers. basic rules for matching machines. Rodichev and G. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 162 . Publishers.A. MODULE II Power Plant in Tractors: Engine cycles – Operation of multicylinder engines .Farm equipment .Classification . Lubricating system servicing and troubles . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. selection of equipments including the nature of operating selection based on the type of soil.Rodicheva. MODULE III Control System of Tractors: Power transmission. TATA McGraw Hill Publications.Components.Demidov " Design of Automotive engines for tractor ". 1975 5.Air cleaner and turbo charger .Farm machinery and equipment. Layout of wheeled tractor. Lambert Henry. power take off. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. crawler details . 1975 4.Classification . methods of selection of equipments.Liquid cooling system .08. .Farm tractors.Connecting rods and crankshafts .24 TRACTORS & FARM EQUIPMENTS Credits : 4 MODULE I General Design of Tractors: Classification of tractors . power transmission. selection based on haul distance. rims and tyres and accessories of wheeled tractors.Basic engine performance characteristics. Cylinder and pistons . steering clutch and braking system in crawler tractors. MI1R Publishers Moscow.Tractors.Engine balancing . brakes and braking system. Moscow. steering system.Fuel tanks and filters . Smith . 3.Main components of tractor . Guruvech and B. 1977 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.

Wiley Eastern Ltd.stepper motor control .. Aditya.automotive applications engine control.instruction set of 8085 mpu-t-state machine cycle and instruction cycles . 8255.. high precision learning control system for the engine control. Ramesh.switches.assembly directive .estimation of execution times. multiplication.programmed i/o .08. Tata McGraw-Hill. MODULE ..interrupt driven i/o.I. 5.I Architecture general 8 bit micropocessor and its architecture 8085. New Delhi. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. MODULE -II Assembly language programmimg construct of the language programming . " Microprocessor Application in Automoblies ".fetch and execute operations ..serial i/o.P.bcd to binary and binary to bcd. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 163 . Ahson. 1986. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 8279.function of different sections. L.a/d and d/a converters . SAE Transactions.S. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co Ltd. octal latches and tristate buffers . " Microprocessors with Applications in Process Control ".Labella.25 EMBEDED SYSTEM IN AUTOMOBILES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE .S. Applications data acquisitions .III Interfacing devices types of interfacing devices .architecture . covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). New Delhi. 4. code conversion using look up tables stack and subroutines.addressing modes . 1989. 1986. " Microprocessor Architecture Programming and Applications".timing diagrams . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 1986.assembly format of 8085 . dma . division. " Automotive Micro Electronics ". 1986 Sec 3. led' rom and ram s interfacing. 3. driver information systems). Elsevier science publishers. " Introduction to Microprocessors ". Jabez Dhinagar.805. Instruction set instruction format . Goankar.Bianco and A. 8251. z-80 and mc 6800 mpu and its pin function . development of a high speed. New Delhi. 6.S.input / output ports 8212.. suspension system control. 2.multiple precision addition and subtraction . References: 1.temperature control .different machine cylces . III Edition.Mathur. Data transfer schemes interrupt structure .

08. Khanna Publisher.26 COMPUTER AIDED VEHICLE DESIGN Credits : 4 MODULE . llliffe Books Ltd. New York. Steeds & Garret.P.K. 4. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. determination of bearing loads at kingpin bearings. llliffe Books Ltd. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. " Mechanics of Road vehicles ". design details of final drive gearing... 1982. Heldt. computer aided design of clutch components.J. 2. 1992. 1982. " Automobile Chassis Design ".M. MODULE -II Front axle and steering systems analysis of loads . llliffe Books Ltd. References: 1. 1996 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. . London. Dean Averns.semi-floating and three quarter floating rear shafts and rear axle housings. Heldt.. " Motor vehicle ".N. computer aided design of frame for passenger and commercial vehicle .. llliffe Books Ltd.. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) L-T-D: 3-1-0 164 . 6.moments and stresses on frame members. Steeds. 7. Chilton Book Co. MODULE . New York.moments and stresses at different sections of front axle. Giri. choice of bearings. Clutch torque capacity of clutch. " Automobile Mechanics ".computer aided design of leaf springs . design details of roller and sprag type of clutches. Giles. wheel spindle bearings. " Suspension and tyres ". covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).. Drive line and read axle computer aided design of propeller shaft..M. " Automotive Chassis ".. Chilton Co. 1988. 3.I Vehicle frame and suspension study of loads . " Torque converter ". London. 1990.. 5.805. design details of full floating. 1992.G. Newton.P.W. determination of optimum dimensions and proportions for steering linkages ensuring minimum error in steering. New Delhi.III Gear box computer aided design of three speed and four speed gear boxes. Steering. London.coil springs and torsion bar springs.

Measurement System Terminology.Classification. Performance parameters for chemical rockets and their relationship. Rocket propulsiongeneral operating principles of chemical. turbofan. turbines. Solid propellants. electrical nuclear and solar rockets. Pulsejet and Rocket engines.Classification.III Chemical Rockets. properties and specifications. Sutton Hill and Peterson Mathur and Sharma University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 1. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Rocket Testing.I Fundamentals of Propulsion. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).806. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 165 .1 PROPULSION ENGINEERING L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module. Rocket Propulsion elements2. Ramjet. simple problems.ELECTIVE V 08. Turboprop.Hybrid Rockets combustion processes in SPR and LPR combustion instability. Selection. Module. References.Typical fuels and oxidizers. Comparative study of performance characteristics applications. Turboshaft. Starting and ignition – Precautions in propellant handling. Energy and efficiencies.grain Configurations. Mechanics and Thermodynamics of propulsion3.Airscrew. Thermodynamics analysis of turbojet engine cycle. thrust power and efficiencies of turbojet engine. Compressors.Test facilities and safeguards.Control of instabilities – Cooling of Rocket motors Flight Performance. Igniters liquid propellants.Classification types of propulsive devices. Scramjet. Combustion chambers.augumentation.Velocity and attitude in simplified vertical Refractory staging of rockets. Gas Turbines and Jet and Rocket PropulsionG. Theory of propulsion – Thrust.Types. nozzles turbine and compression matching – Thrust. P. Flight Testing.burning rate. Turbojet. Liquid propellant feed systems injectors. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.air intakes. Module II Turbojet engine components.

Vegetables. Automobile air conditioning Air conditioning for Aircrafts. Fruit Juice Concentrates and Bakery products. Plant air flow design. Refrigeration load in freezers. Control systems diagram. Relation between moisture content and time. Railway refrigerated cars. Beverage Products. Heat velocity of foods. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Eggs. Theories and methods of chilling and freezing. Theaters. duct work design – variation of air pressure along a duct. Drying during constant and falling the above periods. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Duct sizing. System Design – Ventilation requirements. Fruits. ASHRAE Date Book. single duct variable air temperature and volume controls. ships and in space crafts. Introduction to Automatic control systems – components of control systems. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 166 . Dairy products. Computer Centre . Refrigeration in Air transport. Heating and ventilating control. Methods of Food Preservation :Microbiology of foods. Textile processing etc. Module II Processing. Module III Industrial Air conditioning – for different type of Buildings – Hospitals.08. Principles of Refrigeration – Dossat 2. marine refrigeration. Fish. frozen storages. storage and distribution of chilled and frozen foods. Refrigerated trucks.806. Heating and cooling loads. Refrigerated warehouse . Cold storage. Laboratories. Temperature – Time graph of Freezing process. Calculation of freezing time. Such as Meat. Elementary ideas of the controls used in chilled water plants. Design of cold storage and frozen stores . Review of the components of a vapor compression system. References 1. Poultry. Refrigeration in chemical Industry.2 INDUSTRIAL REFRIGERATION L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Brief Review of the methods of refrigeration – Air vapor compression and vapor absorption refrigeration systems. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Relation between air velocity and freezing time. Food storage requirement. printing plants.(3 Volumes) University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. trailers and containers.

use of Pareto analysis – design for reliability – redundancy unit and standby redundancy – Optimization in reliability – Product design – Product analysis – Product development – Product life cycles.08. AOQL conceptsstandard sampling plans for AQL and LTPD. 5. Prentice Hall Connor. mean time between failure. Affiliated East west press Monohar Mahajan. series. basic concept of quality.Lot by lot sampling – types – probability of acceptance in single.O. benefits and limitation of SQC.L “Statistical Quality Control”. Mean failure rate.. multiple sampling techniques – The Operating characteristic curve– producer’s Risk and consumer’s Risk.uses of standard sampling plans. P. John Wiley University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 8. “Statistical Quality control”. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 167 . “ Practical Reliability Engineering”.. Quality cost-Variation in process. Quality assurance. “Inspection Quality Control and Reliability”. Khanna Publishers Danny Samson. 1.uses of control chart – Control chart for variables – X chart.806. double.Srinath. Reliability improvements – techniques. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). State of control and process out of control identification in charts. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Gupta. Maintainability and availability – simple problems. definition of quality. “Quality Control”. Module II The concept of Acceptance sampling. McGraw-Hill L.D. Eugene . mean time to failure. Dhanpat Rai & Sons R. 6. hazard rate. “Reliability Engineering”. References. Economics of inspections . LTPD.T. 3.H. Khanna Publishers Besterfield D. Formulation of Inspection lots and selection of samples.C. Module III Life testing – Objective – failure data analysis. definition of SQC. Minimum inspection per lot.factors – process capability – process capability studies and simple problems – Theory of control chart. Control chart for attributes –control chart for proportion or fraction defectives – p chart and np chart – control chart for defects – C and U charts. Grant. AQL. parallel and mixed configuration – simple problems. system reliability. 7.3 INDUSTRIAL QUALITY CONTROL L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module 1 Credits : 4 Introduction. “Manufacturing & Operations Strategy”.S.. Prentice Hall Sharma S.C. R chart and σ chart. 4. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 2. “Statistical Quality Control”.

G. Computation of total pressure drop of shell side and tube side for both baffled and unbaffled types – Pressure drop in pipes and pipe annulus.Hewitt and N. Nicholas Cheremisioff. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.Q.4 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT Credits : 4 Module I Classification and General features of heat Exchangers. Edition. Types of failures. McGraw Hill Book Co. New Delhi. Overall heat transfer co-efficient. 6. References: 1. " Industrial Heat Exchangers " .. D. Effect of Turbulence. Module III Design of Evaporators: Design of Shell and Tube. 1992. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). NTU – Effectiveness– Calculation of heat transfer area by different methods – Caloric or average fluid temperature – The pipe wall temperature.Frass.Industrial Applications. 1980. Holger Martin. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.P. 1981. Regenerators and Recuperators.Kern. 5. Tata McGraw Hill. Selection of pumps. Fans and Pipes. Theory and Pratice. Plate type evaporators.. 4. 1980. " Cooling Tower ".F. " Heat Exchangers ". London. Friction factor. Module II Design of double pipe Exchanges – Shell and tube pipe exchangers – The tubular element – Tube pitch – Shells – Tube sheet – Baffles – Tube sheet layout and tube counts (tube matrix) – V-band Exchangers – Shell side film coefficients – Shell side mean velocity – Shell side Equivalent diameter – The true temperature difference in 1-2 Exchanger – Shell side and tube side pressure drips – Fouling factors – Design of a shell and type – Type 1 Exchangers – Extended surface exchangers – Design of a Finned type double pipe exchanger – Longitudinal Fins and Transverse fin. Ann Arber Science pub.08. 2. T. Testing and Maintenance. New York. 1996.. Condensers – Condensation of a single vapour –Dropwise and film wise condensation – Process applications – Condensation on a surface – Development of equation for calculation – Comparison between horizontal and vertical condensers – The allowable pressure drop for a condensing vapour – Influence of impurities on condensation – Condensation of steam – Design of a surface condenser – Different types of boiling . McGraw Hill Book Co. Effectiveness. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 168 . 1997.Afgan " Heat Exchangers ". 7. Hemisphere Publishing Corporation.806. 3. Spray design. Arthur P. Shell and Tube Heat Exchangers. " Process Heat Transfer ".A Basic Guide. TEMA standards University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Temperature distribution and its implications. Pressure loss. John Wiley & Sons. Counter flow and parallel flow. Experimental Methods. Second Edition. Logarithmic mean temperature difference (LMTD).Taborek.Sukatme. Walker. Channel divergence. Cooling Towers : Packing. " Heat Exchanger Design ".Thermal Stress in tubes. A Text book on Heat Transfer – S.

John Wiley & Sons.Intellectual property rights (IPR). TIFAC.P. 4.R. Prentice Hall Inc. 2. Module III Design of proto type ..different techniques.5 L-T-D: 3-1-0 CREATIVITY AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT Credits : 4 Module I The process of technological innovation .Selection criteria . 1979. Brain research .quality standards .brain storming . 1997.806. " Creativity and innovation".Testing .Watton. Creative design .08. New Delhi. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Allahabad.Patents . Research and new product development . Harry B.the need for creativity and innovation . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Patent laws International code for patents . Module II Collection of ideas and purpose of project .Model Preparation . Pitman Publishing Ltd. P. I.introducing new products. 1992.N. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).testing . 1992.creativity and problem solving .Wheeler Publishing "..factors contributing to successful technological innovation . 5. " Managing technological innovation".Patent search . Bulletins. 3. Harry Nystrom. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 169 . " New Product Planning ".cost evaluation .Khandwalla ." Fourth Eye (Excellence through Creativity) . 1992.Patent application References: 1.screening ideas for new products (evaluation techniques).

Gopalakrishnan . and MUSIC. Inventory Management 3. MODULE . Methods and principles of Storing and retrieving items. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Classification systems and selective Inventory control – ABC. Materials Management 4. methods and illustration examples.I Introduction to Materials management – Importance of material management and its role in industries.Shah . Introduction to JIT philosophy – Features and impact in Materials Management. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. The need for the integrated approach in Material management Demand forecasting – Various qualitative and quantitative methods of demand forecasting – Different type of averaging.Tershine University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Systems of Inventory control. Use of Indian Standards for Vendor rating.806. Exponentially weighed smoothening.6 COMPUTERIZED MATERIALS MANAGEMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 170 .Bnchan & Kbenigsberg . Delphi and other Group techniques. Scientific Inventory Management 2. Principles of Inventory management . Integrated Material management 5. 3-D approaches. FSN.M .II Inventory control – Basic methods in Inventory – Assumptions used in deriving models. Time series analysis. Price breaks and quantities – Effects of variations in leadtime and demand. MODULE -III Vendor rating and source selection. REFERENCES 1. HML. VED. Coverage analysis in Material management. Effects in Cost. Make or buy decisions – Materials Requirements Planning Concept.P. Material handling devices used in stores – Application of Computers in Material handling – Design of informatic systems for procurement and storage using computer. Development of Computer Programme for forecasting. Design of Inventory control systems.R.Starr & Miller . Effects of shortage cost on EOQ. Store and Material control – Receipts and issues – Stores Record. Correction for fluctuations. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Development of Computer Programme for ABC analysis – Codification and standardization Systems and Techniques. Inventory costs and EOQ model. Purchasing – Purchase organization – legal aspects of buying – Purchase Procedure. Techniques and materials.08. Development of simple Computer Programme for forecasting.

McGraw Hill 3.introduction .properties of spectral density functions .joint properties of stationary random processes .probability distribution and probability distribution and probability density of discrete and continuous random variables .time averages and correlation functions .Fourier transforms . wide band.lognormal distribution .introduction . Inc.7 L-T-D: 3-1-0 RANDOM VIBRATIONS Credits : 4 Module I Basic probability concepts .multiple functions of multiple random variables . “Probability Theory In Structural Dynamics”. Ang A.K.joint and conditional probability distributions . Over Publications 7.basic axioms of probability . Random Variables And Stochastic Processes”.Venn diagram . “Random Data Analysis And Measurement Procedure”.response of a linear system function to stationary random excitation .standard normal distribution .binomial distribution .single function of multiple random variables .H.S.weakly stationary and strongly stationary random processes . Kogakusha Ltd.De Morgan’s rule .spectral classification of random processes (narrow band.Rayleigh distribution Module III Response to random excitations .level crossing expected frequency and amplitude of narrow band Gaussian processes .main descriptors of a random variable (mean.D.. Crandall S. Lutes L. “Stochastre Analysis of Structural & Mechanical Vibration”. McGraw Hill. Vol. skewness and kurtosis) . McGraw Hill 4.simple events and combination of events . coefficient of variation. Papoulies A.functions of single random variable . in “Selected Papers on Noise and Stochastic Processes”. & Mark and probability . 9. variance. Shahram Sarkoni.negative binomial distribution .mutually exclusive events and collectively exhaustive events .D.impulse response and frequency response function as Fourier transform pair . I.response of one -dimensional continuous systems to random excitations References: 1.conditional probability statistical independence .. “Elements of Vibration Analysis”.H. characteristic functions and log characteristic functions. Wiley Inter Science. & Tang W. John Wiley 2. white noise) . Prentice Hall.absolute moments and central moments .ensemble averages and correlation functions . 6. Academic Press 8.elements of set theory .joint properties of ergodic random processes cross-correlation functions for linear systems .beta distribution .geometric distribution . mode. Rice S.response of multi-degree of freedom system to random excitations .moment generating functions. Lin Y. “Probability Concepts in Engineering Planning and Design”.extreme value distributions .. “Mathematical Analysis Of Random Noise”. Bendat & Piersol.Poisson process and Poisson distribution hypergeometric distribution .power spectral density functions .probability density and distribution functions properties of autocorrelation functions .moments of functions of random variables Module II Random processes .806. “Probability. standard deviation.response of a single degree of freedom system to random excitation . median.definition of a random variable .theorem of total probability .gamma distribution .joint probability distribution of two random variables . John Wiley 171 .H. Jullius Solnes.ergodic random processes .covariance and correlation mean and variance .G. Meirovitch L. “Random Vibration in Mechanical Systems”. “Stochestic Process & Random Vibration...normal distribution .Wiener-Khintchine equations .contour integration .Bayes’ theorem . Useful probability distributions ...08. John Wiley 5.

Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 172 . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).

An Introduction to the Synthesis of mechanism : Two position of link – Three position of a link – The pole triangle and practical application. Hall University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. REFERENCES 1. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). MODULE III Kinematics chains of n-links : Number of lines of centres – Kinematics chains with constrained motion – Minimum number of hinges in one link in a closed chain with constrained motion – General analysis of Kinematics chains – Transformation of kinematics chain by the use of higher hinges – Replacement of turning pairs by sliding pairs – Criterion of constrained motion for Kinematic chain with higher pairs . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 173 .Jr.806. Kinematics of Mechanism .Rosenouver and Willis 2. Linkage Design .08.8 ADVANCED KINEMATICS OF MACHINES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Kinematics Pairs : Classifications of kinematics pairs – Number of points of support in a plane – Subdivision of higher pairs – Kinematics chains – Classification of Kinematics chains – Coupler curves : Definition and Equation – Roberts law – Cognate linkages – Cognate of the slider crank – Double points of a coupler curve – Coupler curve atlas . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Analytical Design of 4 bar Mechanism for co-ordinated motion of the crank: Fneuden – Steins equations – Sample design – Three co-ordinate crank position – Co-ordinates of the crank velocities and derivatives – Design of a four bar mechanism for constant angular velocity ratio of the cranks – Choice of knecesion points . MODULE II The Euler – Savarg equation and its graphical representation – Determination of the Centre of Curvature of the path of a point – Euler savarg equation for points between the instantaneous centre and the inflexion point – General form of the Euler – Savarg equation – Relation between the position of a point in the movable plane and the centre of the curvature of its path – The inflection circle – Envelops and generation curves – Transformation of Euler – Savarg equation – Graphical construction – Construction of the inflexion centre if the centre of the curvature of both centrodes are known .

from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 174 .equity .determinants .evaluation techniques .other financial instruments .C. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.806.working capital basis only Capital budgeting: nature . Max well Macmillan overview on Indian financial system Financial analysis .. TMH 2. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Euro currency market. Prasanna Chandra.discounted cash flow techniques (NPV & IRR) Module III Working capital: nature . "Principles of corporate Finance”.traditional technique . "Financial Management".capital market . "Modern Corporate Finance".functions objectives of financial management . ADR etc. GDR. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). TMH 3. Pandey I.M. Brealey & Onyers. McGraw Hill 5. "Financial Management". Khan & Jain.ratio analysis Module II Statement of change in financial position .08. Euro issues.foreign investments and financing sources .. Shapiro A.computation of working capital Sources of corporate finance .stock exchanges .finance and related disciplines scope of financial management . Vikas publisher University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.9 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Introduction .financial statement analysis . "Financial Management".debt . References: 1.

Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. “Automation.FMS control software .industrial robots . “CAD/CAM Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing”.types of memory . Joseph Talavage & assisted part programming .motion control system .head indexers . Groover M.input/output devices – software .application of computers for design manufacturing data simulation . Prentice Hall of India. Emory & Zimmers.NC programming with interactive graphics Module II Manufacturing systems .artificial intelligence References : 1.tool management .work handling equipments system storage .pallets .P.simulation procedure . Numerical control of machine tools. “Flexible Manufacturing Systems in Practice”.FMS design . 5.programming of robots assembly & inspection Module III Flexible manufacturing system management .tape coding and format .machining centres .application of numerical control .approaches to modelling for FMS .economics of FMS . Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing”.NC coordinate systems .group technology . “Principles of Computer Integrated Manufacturing”. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.APT language . Prentice Hall of India 3. Hill Book Company. Yoram Koren.FMS work station .controlling precision .hardware . 4.automated guided vehicles .fixtures .components of FMS .mini/micro computers and programmable controllers .NC part programming punched tape .10 L-T-D: 3-1-0 FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING METHODS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction Computer technology . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 175 . McGraw.benefits of FMS . “Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems”.computer aided design fundamentals of CAD . Marcel Dekker Inc.simulation and analysis of FMS .basic components of NC systems .development of manufacturing system .806. Groover. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).the design process . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Kant Vajpayee.manual part programming .Job coding and classification .tools and tooling .manning of FMS . Prentice Hall of India 2.

Euler and Navier-Stokes equations. Method of drawing a velocity vector. Fletcher C. QUICK scheme. “An introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics” Longman 3. Implicit. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. applications. Turbulence models: Baldwin-Lomax and k-ε models only.. Solution of Lagrangian coordinates of a fluid particle.A. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. & Pletcher Richard H. Basic steps of CFD. Taylor & Francis University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Module II Cell centered finite volume discretisations of terms of governing equations such as time derivative. & Malalasekera W. Numerical problem up to four unknowns using TDMA. Density based solutions for compressible flow. Meshes. Tannehill John C. Eddy diffusivity.J.08. Versteeg H.. Upwind. “Computational Techniques for Fluid Dynamics I. Classification of structured grids. Module III Pressure-velocity decoupling for incompressible flows .806. explicit and Crank-Nicolson schemes.Steady and unsteady flows. . Stream lines. TVD and Van-leer schemes for compressible flow.. References: 1. Typical boundary conditions such as Dirichlets and Neumann conditions. convective and diffusion. TDMA method. method for generating stream line. Structured and unstructured mesh. Commerical CFD packages.11 L-T-D: 3-1-0 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to CFD. Springer Verlag 4. Taylor & Francis 2. central and blended difference approximations for convection term. Historical background. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 176 .. advantages. Governing equations: continuity and momentum equations. “Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer”. Characteristics of turbulent flow. Anderson Dale A.. Equation of transport of a scalar. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).K. velocity contours and pressure contours. “Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow”. Patankar Suhas V.SIMPLE and PISO algorithms. Near wall treatments and wall functions.. Potential. Typical results of CFD analysis. Analytical solution of a one-dimensional convection diffusion equation. Turbulent Kinetic energy and dissipation rate.

systems analysis .08.806. Intuitive methods – Forecasting by experts – Structured interactions – Man – machine interactions. cost benefit analysis and formal models – Case studies – (Suggested projects : To be a TA project relevant to the Kerala context) REFERENCES 1. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Mc Graw Hill 2. Heuristic forecasts : Extrapolation of dependant variables and constrained variables – analogies . MODULE III Policy and strategic planning : Planning as tool for forecasting – Policy – Planning methods – Strategic planning methods – Cast effectiveness – PPOS – Demand oriented planning – Operations analysis and systems analysis . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.Rober U Ayres . Dimensions of technological change : Intellectual . MODULE II Forecasting techniques Morphological analysis : Analysis of functional capabilities Morphological analysis of future words – Network methods . constraints and scales – intensive and extensive micro variables – The inertia of trend curves .metaphors and structural models – Phenomenological models – Operational models and simulations .12 L-T-D: 3-1-0 TECHNOLOGY FORECASTING Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction and Historical Background – Examples of notable successes and failures. Philosophical and cultural factors – Political and international factors – Military and strategic posture – Macro economics – Micro economics – Communications and social feed back – Technological diffusion and innovation . of Science and Technology. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Epistemology of forecasting : Nature of technological change – ontological and teleological views – Types of forecasts – Exploratory projections – Target projections – Validity criteria . Introduction to technology assessment . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 177 . Technology forecasting . Selected readings on Technology assessment – IIT Bombay and Dept. New Delhi. TA and its relevance – History of TA in Government and Industry – Steps in TA – The MITRE Methodology – Brief review of techniques which can be used in TA including cross impact analysis . Trend extrapolation : Curve fitting – Envelops .

Laudon and Jane P. Information Systems – A Management Perspective – Steven Alter. 1999. Cost-benefit analysis.DSS and ESS. Application of Information Systems: Accounting Information systems and Financial Information System. System Development. Kenneth C. Data structure diagram. Tools for determining System requirement. Types of networks.S.Security. Data dictionary.Burch John. structure chart. structure and Development. Murdick and Ross University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Activities in requirement determination. MIS. Types of Communication Channels. Data flow diagram. Documentation tools. System concept: Organisation as a system.806. Information Systems theory And Practice.System Investigation.Challenges of Information Systems . Identifying areas for system study.Contemporary approach to Information systems . 2002.A. 7.Hardware. Marketing Information System. TPS. Fact finding. Computers and Information Systems – Robert .System Implementation and control .The strategic role of information in Organisational Management. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Database.Modems.Computer based Information Systems . Management Information Systems-James A O’Briean.Types and examples of Information systems.08. System analysis completion report. Role of System Analyst in Data processing and User departments. McGraw Hill 3. Development of System Profiles. People and Procedures -Data Communication network. System analysis. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).Detection of errors – verification and validating. File and data base design. Information technology Infrastructure. Management Information Systems – Managing the digital firm. inspection of Documents.testing –Software quality assurance-software metrics. Software. Technical foundations of information systems MODULE II System Development – system development life cycle – structured methodologies – Prototyping – CASE methodology. Addison Wesley. Gordon B Davis. Pearson education. Interviewing staff. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. John wiley &Sons 5. MODULE III System Design. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 178 . Input design and control. tools for Documenting procedures and Decisions. System control. REFERENCES 1. Banking Information Systems. Feasibility study. Coding techniques. Laudon. OAS. Management Information Systems : Conceptual Foundations. Prentice-Hall 4. Structured system design.G Jr and Others. Output system design. Identify Data and Information Produced. 2. Channel sharing devices. Tata Mc Graw Hill 6. Channel configurations.13 L-T-D: 3-1-0 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction to Information Systems . Flow charts. Need for System analysis. Structured analysis. Information Systems for Modern management. Documentation. Project selection.

Dispatching Module III Aggregate planning:. Routing problems:. Analysis of forecast error and computer control of forecasting systems. Office. Capacity planning and control. aggregate planning strategies. Estimation of trend. performance measures. safety stock policies. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. A.basic models. time-varying demands. Computer applications in layout designs. Material Requirements Planning:. Riggs – John Wiley & Sons 6. distribution inventory systems. implementation.algorithms. Long and Short-term demand forecasting methods. White – PHI 3. methods.08. Production Planning and Inventory Control – Narasimhan et al.MRP and MRP II. Inventory Management and Production Planning and Scheduling – Silver.. Enterprise Resource Planning. multi-item joint replacement model. Storage area etc.806. Pyke & Peterson – John Willey & Sons University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Master production schedule:. Inventory systems under risk:service levels.14 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Module I Credits : 4 Demand forecasting:. References: 1. Basic inventory models:. Operations Management: Strategy and Analysis – Krajewski LJ – Pearson Education 5. joint determination of Q and R. controlling continuous production. slow-moving item forecasting. on consideration of facilities of working people. and software packages. L. disaggregation techniques. Job Shop production activity planning:. sequencing. cycle. Storage facilities and general equipment for amenities of working people – Product.L.bill of material. batch processing technique.scheduling. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). and seasonality components. Production and Operations Management – Buffa – John Wiley & Sons 4.definition. managing and maintenance of MPS. Regression analysis and smoothing methods. value of decision rules. Just-in-time.Exchange curves. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Aggregate inventory management:. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 179 . Line balancing methods. multi item forecasting. Facilities Location and Layout – an analytical approach – R. priority rules for dispatching jobs. stock out situations. Process and combination layout – Systematic layout planning – Design of Assembly lines. PHI 2. mathematical programming and heuristics. Production systems – James . safety stock. White and J. KANBAN system. structuring BOM. shop loading. Module II Design of layout of factories. Introduction to Business Process Re-engineering. MRP concepts and advantages.assumptions.

schedule of payments and physical progress.The project life cycle.806.Accounting rate of return-net present value-Benefit cost ratio-internal rate of return. 1999 4. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 180 .08. Module II Financial estimates and projections: Cost of projects-means of financing-estimates of sales and production-cost of production-working capital requirement and its financing-profitabilityprojected cash flow statement and balance sheet.Analysis-Selection-Financing-Implementation-Review. Concepts and uses of PERT. Capital budgeting process. Project risk. Gray & Erik back and demand analysis. selection. Module III Project administration. use of Critical Path Method (CPM). Project Evaluation and Review Techniques/cost mechanisms. Project Management – the Managerial Process – Clifford F.importance of project management. Determination of least cost duration. analysis. Post project evaluation. Basic techniques in capital budgeting-non discounting and discounting methods. Generation and screening of project ideas. Non-financial justification of projects.Demand forecasting techniques. Introduction to various Project management softwares. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Project planning. 5. References: 1. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Project management . Market planning and marketing research process. Break even analysis. Project Management – Gopalakrishnan – Mcmillan India Ltd. cost as a function of time. implementation and review – Prasannachandra – Tata McGraw Hill 2.Planning.Technical break down structure.progress payments. Project Management-Harry-Maylor-Peason Publication University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.establishing project priorities( scope-cost-time)project priority matrix.Mcgraw Hill International Edition. Social cost benefit analysis and economic rate of return. project scheduling and network planning.15 L-T-D: 3-1-0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT Credits : 4 Module I Concept of a project-classification of projects. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). time-cost trade off. expenditure planning.David I Cleland . Larson McGraw Hill 3.

1 and Vol.Lickty 3. Design of Intake and Exhaust port calculations (with the help of charts) Study of transducers for IC engine application (only brief description about various types) MODULE III Design of IC engines-Basic decisions.16 DESIGN OF IC ENGINES L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 MODULE I Introduction-Basic engine components and nomenclature. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. heat loss factor. Fundamentals of IC Engines.Ganesan 7. size and arrangement . Cylinder number.various methods of scavenging and charge induction. Actual cycle and their analysis-time loss factor. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. crank shaft. connecting rod. torque measurement (only dynamometers). exhaust blow down. scavenge ratio. Review of Air standard cycle(brief description regarding the concepts)-Fuel air cycle and their analysis-dissociation. and charging efficiency. IC Engine design –Richard James 5. Comparison of fuel air cycle and actual cycle.Detailed design procedure for piston. exhaust gas measurement and treatment. IC Engines . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 181 . delivery ratio.V. References: 1 IC Engine theory and practise – C. poppet valves.08. Preliminary analysis. cylinder and cylinder head. trapping efficiency.First law analysis of engine cycles-engine performance parameters –simple problems. IC Engines – Heywood 4.806. fuel-air ratio on thermal efficiency and power. Measurement aspects related to IC engines-speed measurement.Materials and manufacturing process of main components of engines. Supercharging.2 2. relative cylinder charge. Scavenging models-perfect displacement and complete mixing model-scavenging efficiency-simple problems. airflow measurement. IC Engines – Shyam K Agarwal University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Vol. MODULE II Two stroke engines-introduction-advantages and disadvantages-Scavenging. effects of operating variables like compression ratio. Scavenging of 2 stroke engines – Schweitzer 6. -Terminologies like reference mass. scavenging efficiency. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).F Taylor.

“Robotics and Image Processing”. Principles and Applications of the following types of sensors – Position of sensors (Piezo Electric Sensor. Pay Load – Basic robot motions . 1995 6 Richard D. Work Envelope. Analog Sensors). Yaw.C. Robot drive systems and end effectors: Pneumatic Drives – Hydraulic Drives – Mechanical Drives – Electrical Drives – D.K. assembly. Klafter.S. Lighting Techniques.Groover. Camera.S. Englewoods Cliffs. " Robotic engineeringAn Integrated Approach ". Continuous path control. Lead through programming. Sensor Commands. McGraw-Hill Book Co. Robot Parts and Their Functions – Need for Robots – Different Applications.. A.S. Proximity Sensors (Inductive.C.S. Slip Sensors. C. End Effectors – Grippers – Mechanical Grippers. Magnetic Grippers. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 1989.Point to point control. Robot programming Languages – VAL Programming – Motion Commands.P. McGraw-Hill Book Co. and Lee C. USA. " Robotics Control sensing ". 2001 3 Fu. and material handling. welding.A. and Simple programs Industrial Applications: Application of robots in machining. McGraw Hill International Edition. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 182 .G. Wrist Sensors. 1987 4 Yoram Koren. types and classification – Specifications – Pitch. Inverse Kinematics and Differences. Resolvers. Stepper Motor. Chmielewski and Michael Negin. Servo Motors. Vacuum Grippers. “Robotics for Engineers”. End effecter commands. Teach Pendant Programming.C. “Industrial Robotics – Technology. Structured. Sensing and Digitizing Image Data – Signal Conversion. Applications and Comparison of all these Drives. Two Fingered and Three Fingered Grippers.. NJ. Fu. “Robotics Control.Gonalez.08.Kozyrev University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. McGraw-Hill. Pneumatic and Hydraulic Grippers.Lee. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Forward Kinematics and Reverse Kinematics of Manipulators with Two Degrees of Freedom (In 2 Dimensional) – Deviations and Problems. (Binary Sensors. 7 Industrial Robots.. Gonzalz. R. Vision and Intelligence. Programming and Applications”.G. Range Sensors (Triangulation Principle. Laser Range Meters).806. References 1 K. Joint Notations. 1987. Image Storage. Frame Grabber..R. Roll.P. Tata McGraw-Hill. Thomas A.17 L-T-D: 3-1-0 ROBOTICS Credits : 4 Module I Fundamentals of robot: Robot – Definition – Co-ordinate Systems.C. Optical Encoders). 1992 5 Janakiraman. 2 M. Module III Robot kinematics and robot programming: Forward Kinematics. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Sensing. Speed of Motion. Lighting Approach.. Yu. Internal Grippers and External Grippers. and Ultrasonic). Compliance Sensors. Capacitive.. Touch Sensors. Prentice Hall Inc. LVDT. Vision and Intelligence”. Servo Motors – Salient Features. Selection and Design Considerations Module II Sensors and machine vision: Requirements of a sensor.

“Managing Global Supply Chain”. T..B.B.S. Nicolas. J. “Hand Book of Supply Chain Management”. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. New Delhi 2000. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 183 . chain progress – model for competing through supply chain management – PLC grid – supply chain redesign – Linking SC with customer. Lasen. ERP – warehouse management system – product data management – cases.806. St.N. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. References: 1.the modular company – network relation – supply process –procurement process – Distribution management. Module III Supply chain activity systems: Structuring the SC – SC and new products – functional roles in SC – SC design framework – collaborative product commerce. 2000 3. J. Supply chain management (SCM): The new paradigm. P. NY 1998. Viva Books. Lencie press.factors affecting logistics. definition. Module II Evolution of supply chain models: Strategy and structure – Factors of supply chain – Manufacturing strategy stages . Ayers. Supply chain: Basic tasks – new corporate model. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Schraj. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.08. “Competitive Manufacturing Management”. approaches .18 LOGISTICS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Logistics – Concepts. SCM – Organization and information system: Management task – logistics organization – logistics information systems – topology of SC application – MRP. McGraw-Hill.

details of processes. strengths. products. limitations and applications . process variables. Rapid Tooling: Technologies and Industrial Applications. post processing. material system. Kamrani. Rapid Prototyping and Engineering applications : A tool box for prototype development.Applications. Applications and case studies. post-build processes. Solid based. Model Slicing and contour data organization. materials.Benefits. weaknesses and applications. process. 2003. part quality and process planning. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Frank W. types. Rapid prototyping. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 2007. mold SDM and applications. details of processes. advantages. Fused deposition Modeling (FDM): Principle.Liou.Case studies. products. materials and applications. Support structure design. 2006.. laminated object manufacturing(LOM): Working Principles.Data interfacing. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 184 . World Scientific Publishers. advantages. advantages. photo polymerization of SL resins. Hilton/Jacobs. Solid Ground Curing (SGC): working principle. Ali K. second edition.S. Hanser Gardener Publications. Liou W. REFERENCES: 1. Part orientation and support generation. products. Indirect and direct SLS. Selective Laser Melting. Reverse engineering and CAD modeling: Basic concept. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 4.806. Laser Engineered Net Shaping(LENS): Processes.Hilton. Module III Powder based rapid prototyping systems: Selective Laser Sintering(SLS): Principle.Development of RP systems – RP process chain .Jacobs. post curing.. process capabilities.08. Module II Liquid based and solid based rapid prototyping systems: Stereolithography (SLA): Apparatus: Principle. Data Requirements – geometric modeling techniques: Wire frame. materials. Chua C. 2003. process. and Lim C. Electron Beam Melting – Rapid manufacturing. Applications. surface deviation and accuracy.Rapid Tooling . per-build process. Rapid prototyping: Principles and applications. strength and weakness. Leong K. surface and solid modeling – data formats . 3. modeling of SLS.19 L-T-D: 3-1-0 RAPID PROTOTYPING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction: Need . materials. Springer. basic process. Paul F.K. Tool path generation. limitations and applications– Case Studies. 2. Rapid Prototyping: Theory and practice. direct and adaptive slicing.Digitization techniques – Model Reconstruction – Data Processing for Rapid Prototyping: CAD model preparation. basic process. 5.F.Virtual prototyping. Emad Abouel Nasr. CRC Press. types of printing. Physics of 3DP. Other rapid prototyping technologies: Three dimensional Printing (3DP):Principle. Andreas Gebhardt. limitations and applications. materials. recoating issues.powder structures.Liou. Peter D.. 2000. Shape Deposition Manufacturing (SDM): Introduction. part-building.Impact of Rapid Prototyping on Product Development –Digital prototyping . Liquid based and powder based 3DP systems. shape decomposition. CRC press.

Detonation gun and jet kote processes. “Surface Engineering”. Ernest Rabinowicz. Marcel Dekker. Wear sleeves and Wear plates.Budinski. pulsed plating. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). Special diffusion processes: Principle of diffusion processes – Boriding.Metals Park. chromium. hydrogen embrittlement. 3. 1989. 4. abrasive. flame spray processes . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. hard anodizing.Ceramic coatings. Sudarshan T S. New York. properties and applications. electrochemical conversion coating. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. 2. Englewood Cliff.adhesive. Surface cements. erosive and fretting wear. Furnace fusing. 2nd edition. CBN. ASM Metals Handbook. Oxy-Acetylene Welding. Composite surface created by laser and Electron beam. Diamond and DLC coatings. plating properties. hard facing consumables. Kenneth G. electroless plating. Alumina. GMAW. centrifugal cast wear coatings. Wear: Types of wear .5. Siliconising.Ion plating – Chemical vapour deposition – reactive sputtering . plating adhesion. Thermal -spray. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. “Friction and Wear of Materials”. selective plating for repair.TiC. “Surface Modification Technologies – An Engineer’s guide”. “Surface Engineering for Wear Resistance”. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 185 .Selection of diffusion processes – Characteristics of diffused layer – micro structure and micro hardness evaluation – properties and applications. Structure.HVOF. TiN. High energy modification and special processes: Electron beam hardening/ glazing. 1995.806. PAW.20 L-T-D: 3-1-0 SURFACE ENGINEERING Credits : 4 Module I Tribology: Introduction to tribology. tin and copper. SAW. Prentice Hall.sputter coating . Sursulf . fused carbide cloth. oxidative. plating of nickel. Module III Thin film coatings: Physical vapour deposition processes – Thermal evaporation . Laser beam hardening / glazing ion inplantation. roles of friction and lubrication and wear testing. Electro spark deposition. REFERENCES: 1.Ohio. 1994. Module II Hardfacing processes: SMAW. John Wiley & Sons. Chromising. Wear tiles. NY. Plating Processes: Fundamentals of electrodeposition. 1990. thermal / chemical. corrosive.08. GTAW. FCAW. Vol. Aluminising.

Kamrani.. characteristics and design of groups.London. traditional approaches and non-traditional approaches -Genetic Algorithms. Hand Book.K. Human aspects of GT/CMS . Cleland. NY. benefits of GT and issues in GT.framework.PBC in GT/CMS. and Bidananda.Parametric analysis .806.L. 2. A. and Vakharia. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. Limitations of traditional manufacturing systems. "Cellular Manufacturing Systems". 3.Models. batch sequencing and sizing. Parsaei. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).H. D. design and analysis of cellular manufacturing systems". Module III Performance measurement and control: Measuring CMS performance . cell loading. Burbidge. Group "Technology in Engineering Industry". 1979. A.21 L-T-D: 3-1-0 DESIGN OF CELLULAR MANUFACTURING Credits : 4 Module I Introduction to Group Technology (GT). in The automated factoryHand Book: Technology and Management". REFERENCES 1.08. G. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 186 . Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. 1995. H. life cycle issues in GT/CMS.A. J. establishing a team approach. Module II Design of CMS . R. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each.I. B (Eds).cases.T "Planning and Operation. (Eds).R and Liles. Elsevier. TAB Books . Simulated Annealing.J. Mechanical Engineering pub. Managerial structure and groups. 1991. 4.G. Cellular Manufacturing System (CMS) planning and design: Problems in GT/CMS.D. Askin. GT and MRP . "Planning. Neural networks. Economics of GT/CMS: Conventional Vs group use of computer models in GT/CMS. Irani. Implementation of GT/CMS: Inter and Intra cell layout. cost and non-cost based models. S.

Priester. E. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Psychrometric properties and processes. Bernoulli’s equation. thermal insulation Module III Heating systems-warm air systems-hot water systems steam heating systems-panel and central heating systems-heat pump circuit. pressure losses. Air-conditioning Engineering Carriers Handbook system design of Air Conditioning R.sources of heat load.heat storage. Air conditioning systems and its applications – Psychrometric chart. B. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning.H.F Etc. Jordan.Infilteration and ventilation. P. W.use &absorbent or adsorbent . G.use of psychrometric chart for air conditioning . Refrigeration and Air Conditioning.H.cooling and dehumidification ..F. Diversity and stratification.08.Heat generation inside the conditioned space . G.mixing of air streams . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 187 . University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.Air conditioning systems. 4.806.various process . References: 1. pressure drop by graphical method. Jones. 2.22 HEATING.evaporate coolinglow humidity applications Automobile and Train car air conditioning.method of duct design. 3. P. VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING DESIGN L-T-D: 3-1-0 Credits : 4 Module I Principles of refrigeration and psychrometry. Arora.H.comfort air conditioning-effective temperature-thermal analysis of human body. Duct design . 5.S.S. Continuty equation. Manohar Prasad.S.selection of design temperatures .various process-sensible cooling and heating-adeabate saturation.Heating and humidification . Refrigeration and Air conditioning. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Design of air conditioning system. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). G. Applications.heat transfer through structures .pressure drop in ducts.F. fan – design.Arrangements of ducts. radiation . Module II Cooling and heating load calculation .

drag force . Vehicle Aerodynamic.fundamental of fluid mechanics .principle of wind tunnel technology limitation of simulation . SP-1145. John Wiley & Sons.wind noise .vehicle dynamics under side winds .startegies for aerodynamic development .hatch back. 4.H. 2nd Edn.flow field around car .806. New York.characteristics of forces and moments .equipment and transducers . from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 188 ..types of drag force . Pope.08.W.flow phenomenon related to vehicles -external & internal flow problem .23 AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS L-T. 3. " Wind Tunnel Testing ".front and rear wind shield angle .boat tailing . 1997. Wind tunnels for automotive aerodynamic introduction .dirt accumulation on the vehicle . Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. MODULE-II Shape optimization of cars front end modification .effect of fasteners.road testing methods – numerical MODULE-III Vehicle handling the origin of forces and moments on a vehicle .potential of vehicle aerodynamics. 1996 University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts.resistance to vehicle motion . fast back and square back -dust flow patterns at the rear . SAE.drag coefficient of cars .measurement techniques . 1987.drag reduction in commercial vehicles.stress with scale models – full scale wind tunnels .effects of gap configuration . Butterworths Co. References: 1. Ltd.side wind problems methods to calculate forces and moments .the effects of forces and moments . SAE. 2.fuel consumption and performance . Automotive Aerodynamic : Update SP-706. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. " Aerodynamic of Road vehicles ". Hucho.analysis of aerodynamic drag .low drag profiles.D.historical development trends . A. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40).. 1974.performance . Aerodynamic drag of cars cars as a bluff body . 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE-I Introduction scope ..

A. chassis and transmission. Bromberg and F.ROAD VEHICLES L-T.24 OFF.On and with the earth University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. 3-1-0 Credits 4 MODULE I Introduction: Power plants. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). MODULE III Shovels and Ditchers: Power shovel. power required. Construction & Industrial Equipments: Construction and operational aspects of mobile cranes. Performance characteristics of vehicles.Moving the earth 3. cable and hydraulic dozers. K. Crawler track. Kaloyer. Scrapers and Graders: Scrapers.806. Tree dozer. Moscow 2. (Only theory with out any numerical problems) Land Clearing Machines: Construction and working of Bush cutter. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 189 . drag and self powered types . tractive effort.D. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each. Herbert Nicholos. double reduction arrangements. single bucket. scrapers. revolving and stripper shovels . air cooled and water cooled engines and air filters as in off highway vehicles.Road making machinery.08. Multiaxle vehicles.Dump trucks and dumpers Loaders.Power and capacity of earth moving machines. resistance to digging and motion. running and steering gears. self powered scrapers and graders. Abrosimov. Rippers. stampers. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. Jagman Singh. elevating graders. number of speeds and gear ratios desirable. Heavy duty petrol engines and high speed diesel engines. Fork Lifters References: 1.drag lines . MIR Publishers. MODULE II Earth Moving Machines: Bulldozers. road rollers. elevators / Man lifters.ditchers Capacity of shovels. multi bucket and rotary types .

L. compression of simulated values. University Examination Question Paper consists of two parts. heat transfer process. engine performance simulation. Ashley Campbel.. equilibrium calculations. Module-III Progressive combustion SI engines simulation with progressive combustion with gas exchange process. Pergamon Press. John Wiley & Sons. 1996. Ganesan. Universities Press (I) Ltd.08. Diesel engine simulation multi zone model for combustion.806.S. oxford.measurement of hrp .. Part A-10 compulsory short answer questions for 4 marks each.efficiency calculation. whitehouse. 3-1-0 Credits 4 Module-I Introduction . temperature drop due to fuel vaporization. SI engine simulation References: 1. simulation of engine performance. super charged operation. 4. calculation of adiabatic flame temperature . 3.. " Thermodynamic analysis of combustion engines ".measurement of urp .heat of reaction . validation of the computer code. New York. Ramoss. Module-II SI engine simulation with air as working medium deviation between actual and ideal cycle problems. 1992.. part-throttle operation. simulation for pollution estimation.25 COMPUTER SIMULATION OF IC ENGINE PROCESSES L-T.R.isentropic changes of state. Benson. " Internal Combustion Engines ". 1986. constant pressure adiabatic combustion.adiabatic flame temperature: complete combustion in c/h/o/n systems. Part B-2 questions of 20 marks each. different heat transfer models. covering the entire syllabus (10 x 4=40). friction calculation. full throttle operation .N. " Computer Simulation of spark ignition engine process ". constant volume adiabatic combustion. Hyderbad. 2.D.D. 1979. pressure crank angle diagram and other engine performance. from each module and student has to answer one from each module (3 x 20=60) 190 . " Modelling of Internal Combustion Engines Processes ". McGraw Hill Publishing Co.V.A. SI engine simulation with adiabatic combustion.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful